‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ‪‬ﭙﺮﮐﯽ‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ )ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ( ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﯽ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻴﻨﯽ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﮑﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ‪،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻨ‪‬ﻩ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺴﻮ ﭘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻮ )ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ( ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻟﻴﮑﻨﯥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﮐﺘﻨﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Nutural Numbers‬‬
‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﻟﮑﻪ ‪ ......،4 ،3 ،2 ،1‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‬
‫}‪IN = { 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , ...‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﺊ ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﺮﻭ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪∀m, n ∈ IN ⇒ m + n ∈ IN‬‬ ‫‪, mn ∈ IN‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Whole Numbers‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺳﺖ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫‪W = {0, 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 ,‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﺩﮐﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
 ‫)‪(Integer Numbers‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺳﺖ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫}‪Z = {..., −3,−2,−1,0,1,2,3,...} = {0,±1,±2,±3,...‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮﻭ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪∀m , n ∈ Z ⇒ m + n ∈ Z‬‬ ‫‪, m − n ∈ Z , mn ∈ Z‬‬

‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ )ﻧﺴﺒﺘﯽ( ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Rational Numbers‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ) ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ( ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻧﯥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫⎧‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫⎫‬
‫= ‪Q = ⎨x : x‬‬ ‫⎬ ‪, m , n ∈ Z ,n≠0‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫⎭‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮑﻪ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ‬
‫"‪"1‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﻴ‪ ‬ﺗﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﺊ ﺩﺉ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﻴ‪ ‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪∀x , y ∈ Q ⇒ x + y ∈ Q‬‬
‫‪x − y ∈ Q , xy ∈ Q‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫⇒ } ‪∀x , y ∈ Q \ { 0‬‬ ‫‪∈Q‬‬
‫‪y‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ) ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯽ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺧﻼﻑ ﻭﻱ (‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪،1000 ،100 ،10‬‬
‫‪.......‬ﻭﯼ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2371‬‬
‫‪= 0. 3 ,‬‬ ‫‪= 0.27 ,‬‬ ‫‪= 0.007 ,‬‬ ‫‪= 0.2371‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺑﯽ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ‪‬ﻠﯥ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭﻳ‪‬ﻱ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪0.333‬‬ ‫‪:= 0.3 , 0.4 356 356 356‬‬ ‫‪= 0.4 356‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻫﮑﻠﻪ ﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻩ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ :‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﮐﺘﻔﺎ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪= 0,33333... = 0, 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪= 0,7500 ...‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪III .‬‬ ‫‪= 1,714285 714285 ... = 1, 714285‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪IV . 6 = = 6,0000 ...‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﺪﻟ‪ ‬ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ‬
‫‪ x = 0,13547‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪ 100000‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 100‬ﭘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﯾﯥ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪100 000 x‬‬ ‫‪= 13547 , 547 547 547 ...‬‬
‫‪100 x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪13 , 547 547 547 ...‬‬
‫‪99900 x = 13534‬‬
‫‪13534‬‬ ‫‪6767‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪99900‬‬ ‫‪49950‬‬
‫‪6767‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 0,13 547‬‬
‫‪49950‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻨﯽ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ؟‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ‪ 2‬ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫‪p‬‬
‫)‪p‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﯼ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ q‬ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ(‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫‪p‬‬
‫=‪2‬‬
‫‪q‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﺧﻮﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛ p‬‬ ‫‪p2‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜ = ‪( 2 )2‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⇒ ‪2= 2‬‬ ‫‪p 2 = 2.q 2‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝q‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪( 2n ) 2 = 2.q 2‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪4.n 2 = 2.q 2‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪2.n 2 = q 2‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﺩ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﯥ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﺧﻠﻮ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ ‪ √5 ، √3‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ) ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻰ ( ﻫﻢ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪2 = 1.41421413...‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪3 = 1.7320508....‬‬
‫‪III .‬‬ ‫‪7 = 2.6457513.....‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Irrational Numbers‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ )ﻧﺴﺒﺘﯽ( ﻧﻪ ﻭﯼ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺍ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺷﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﯽ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺋﯽ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻪ ﻭﯼ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪ (Q′‬ﻟﮑﻪ ‪، 2‬‬
‫‪ e ، π ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5، 3‬‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Real Numbers‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺳﯧﺖ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺳﯧﺖ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﭘﻪ ‪ IR‬ﺳﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻴﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪IR = Q ∪ Q ′‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻑ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪IN ⊂ Z ⊂ Q ⊂ R = Q ∪ Q ′ ,‬‬ ‫‪Q′ ⊂ R‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻳﻮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺋﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ) ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺎﯼ (‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ ‪‬ﻰ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻌﮑﺲ ﺩ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺦ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻏﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪-π‬‬ ‫‪-e‬‬ ‫‪− 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬

‫‪-4‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺷﮑﻞ ‪1‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﻳﻮﻭﻟﺲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ b ، a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪1. a + b ∈ R ,‬‬ ‫ﺩﺟﻤﻊ ﺩ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﺘﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬

‫‪2. a.b ∈ R ,‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺗ‪‬ﺗﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫‪3. a + b = b + a ,‬‬ ‫ﺩﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪4. ab = ba ,‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫) ‪5. a + (b + c ) = (a + b‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫) ‪6. a (bc ) = (ab‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫‪7. a + 0 = a‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ )ﺻﻔﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ (‬
‫‪8. a.1 = a‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ) ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ (‬
‫‪9. a + (−a ) = 0‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪10. a.a −1 = 1‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﯥ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫‪11. a (b + c ) = ab + ac‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬

‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺭﯼ ‪‬ﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪x< y‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x=y‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x> y‬‬

‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬

‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬

‫‪0,‬‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫‪0,‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﯼ )ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ( ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻧﻌﮑﺎﺳﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪,y‬‬ ‫‪R:‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺬﻓﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫‪, ,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﺩﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪⎧x‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x>0‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪= ⎨0‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x=0‬‬
‫‪⎪− x‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x<0‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪4 =4‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪− 7 = −(− 7 ) = 7‬‬
‫) ‪(iii‬‬ ‫‪0 =0‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(iv‬‬ ‫‪1 − 11 = 11 − 1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪−x = x‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪xy = yx‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫) ‪(iii‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(iv‬‬ ‫‪x+ y ≤ x + y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪− 3+ 4 = 1 = 1 < − 3 + 4 = 7‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬
‫‪(ii ) 4 + 5 = 9 = 9‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫= ‪(iii ) − 3 = 3‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪(iii ) (− 5)6 = − 30 = 30 = 5 × 6 = − 5 ⋅ 6‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ i = − 1‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ‬
‫‪ z = a + bi‬ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫{‬
‫‪= z : z = a + bi , i = − 1 , a , b ∈ IR‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ z = a + bi‬ﮐﯥ ‪ b = 0‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﯧﺖ ﻳﻮ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﺳﯧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫⊂‬ ‫⊂‬ ‫⊂‬ ‫⊂‬

‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﯧﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻟ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﯽ ﺷﻮ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺤﺜﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ )‪(factor‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﯥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺩﯼ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ ،5 ،4 ،2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ‪ 20‬ﻳﻮ ﻳﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺮﺏ )‪(Multiple‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ) ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻠﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ‪ (......‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﯽ ﻭﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ ..... ،30 ، 25 ، 20 ، 15 ،10‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳ‪ ‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Prime Number‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺧﭙﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﻞ ﮐﻮﻡ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻱ ) ﭘﺮ ﻫﯧ‪ ‬ﺑﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ( ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪11 13 17 19‬‬
‫‪23 29 31 37 41 43 47 53 59‬‬
‫‪61 67 71 73 79 83 89 91 97‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺨﭙﻠﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﯽ ﺩ ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ‪ (composete number‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ ﺩ ‪ 30 ،12‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12 = 2 × 2 × 3 , 30 = 2 × 3 × 5‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﺮ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ‪ (even number‬ﺍﻭﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺗﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ‪ (odd number‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ )‪(factoring of Natural Numers‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﯾﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺷﮑﻞ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪a) 150 = 2 × 3 × 5 × 5 , b) 252 = 3 × 3 × 2 × 2 × 7‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﯧﻨﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ )‪(Divisibility of numbers‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺋﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ 12‬ﭘﺮ‬
‫‪ 4 ،3 ،2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 6‬ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﮑﹶﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪ 118 ، 230 ،124 ، 1350‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯽ ﻧﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ ‪ 432000 ، 1455 ، 123‬ﻭ‪ . 780012‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 3‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪123 :⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 , 1455 :⇒ 1 + 4 + 5 + 5 = 15‬‬
‫‪432000 : ⇒ 4 + 3 + 2 + 0 + 0 + 0 = 9 ,‬‬
‫‪780012 : ⇒ 7 + 8 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 1 + 2 = 18‬‬

‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 4‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﮑﹰﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﹰﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ ٤‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ ٤‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺩ‪ 1300 ، 10024 ،1312‬ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ...،24 ، 12‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮ ‪ 4‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 5‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯼ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 5‬ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﯼ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 5‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ ﻟﮑﻪ‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫‪ 6000 ،240 ،45‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 105‬ﭘﺮ ‪ 5‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﭘﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 6‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ ‪.1200 ،345 ،42 ،12‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 7‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯼ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﮑﹰﺎ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩﻭﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﻩ ﺩ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻗﯽ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻣﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﺮ ‪ 7‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 7‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 315 ،294‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 350‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 7‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻱ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪294 :⇒ 29 − 2 × 4 = 29 − 8 = 21‬‬
‫‪315 :⇒ 31 − 2 × 5 = 31 − 10 = 21‬‬
‫‪350:⇒35−2×0 = 35−0 = 35‬‬
‫‪3164 :⇒ 316 − 2 × 4 = 316 − 8 = 308‬‬
‫‪⇒ 30 − 2 × 8 = 14‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 8‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮑﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪824 ،016 ،008‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ 032‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﭘﺮ ‪ 8‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 9‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 9‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 9‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ ‪ 1629 ، 324 ، 108‬ﺍﻭ ‪، 32499‬‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪ 9‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪108 :⇒ 1 + 0 + 8 = 9 , 324 :⇒ 3 + 2 + 4 = 9‬‬
‫‪1629:⇒1 + 6 + 2 + 9 = 18 , 32499:⇒ 3 + 2 + 4 + 9 + 9 = 27‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻱ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 10‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ‬
‫‪ 680 ،100 ،2000 ،1230‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ‪ 11‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺗﺎﻗﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻮ ﺩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻮ ﺩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯽ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺍ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ‪ 11‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ 11‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﯼ ﻟﮑﻪ ‪1353 ، 2970 ، 66‬ﺍﻭ ‪.190829‬‬
‫‪66 :⇒ 6 − 6 = 0 , 2970 :⇒ 2 + 7 − (9 + 0) = 9 − 9 = 0‬‬
‫‪1353 : ⇒ 1 + 5 − (3 + 3) = 6 − 6 = 0‬‬
‫‪828091 : ⇒ 8 + 8 + 9 − (2 + 0 + 1) = 25 − 3 = 22‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻮﻧﻪ ‪ 0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 22‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪ 11‬ﭘﻮﺭﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﮐﯥ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻴﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭘﻪ ‪ 19 ،17 ،13‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﻪ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﯽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﯥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺧﭙﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﻟﻴﮑﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﻮﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 1‬ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﮐﯥ ﻟﺴﺖ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 120‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬
‫‪⇒ 120 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 = 2 3 × 3 × 5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 6300‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪:‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪6300‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3150‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1575‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪525‬‬
‫‪⇒ 6300 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 7 = 2 2 × 3 2 × 5 2 × 7‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪175‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ )‪(Greatest Common Divisor‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺷﻲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ‪‬ﻴﻨﯥ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺋﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﮏ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ )‪ (GCD‬ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮﺣﺎﻻﺗﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫)ﻳﻮ( ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩ ﭘﺎﻡ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ،30 ،12‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 42‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫}‪D(12) = {1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 , 12‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫}‪D (30) = {1 , 2 , 3 , 5 , 6 , 10 , 15‬‬
‫}‪D(42) = {1 , 2 , 3 , 6 , 7 , 14 , 42‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ }‪ CD (12 ,30 , 42 ) = {1 , 2 , 3 , 6‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪42 30 ، 12‬‬

‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ‪ GCD (12 ,30 , 42 ) = 6‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﯽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 108‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 420‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪108 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3‬‬
‫‪⇒ GCD(108,420 ) = 2 × 2 × 3 = 12‬‬
‫‪420 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 7‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﮐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯼ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ،420 ،60‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 660‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪60 420‬‬ ‫‪660‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪66 ⇒ GCD(60,420,660) = 10 × 6 = 60‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﺪﺱ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﻤﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﭘﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻱ ﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﭘﺮﻟﭙﺴﻰ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﻰ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﯥ ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ 132‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 252‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪252‬‬ ‫‪120 132‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬
‫‪=1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪=1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪= 10 ⇒ GCD (132,252) = 12‬‬
‫‪132‬‬ ‫‪132 120‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﯾﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪132 252‬‬ ‫‪120 132‬‬ ‫‪12 120‬‬
‫⇒ ‪132‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 120 ⇒ GCD(132,252) = 12‬‬
‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫×‬
‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ )‪(Least Common Multiple‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﺍ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ) ‪ (LCM‬ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯽ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺑﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﯽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭼﯽ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﺮﯼ ﺩ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ 108‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 420‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪108 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3‬‬
‫‪⇒ LCM(108,420) = 22 × 33 × 5 × 7 = 3780‬‬
‫‪420 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 7‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮐﯽ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺗﺮ ﻫﻐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ،420 ،60‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 660‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪60 420‬‬ ‫‪660‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪66 ⇒ LCM = 10 × 6 × 1 × 7 × 11 = 4620‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ،30 ،12 ،8‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 48‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫‪3 8 12 30 48‬‬
‫‪4 8 4 10 16‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪LCM = 3 × 4 × 2 × 1 × 1 × 5 × 2 = 240‬‬
‫‪2 2 1 10 4‬‬
‫‪1 2 5 2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫‪ m‬ﻭ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪(LCM (m, n )) × (GCD(m, n )) = m × n‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 12‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 30‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪LCM (12,30) = 60 , GCD(12,30) = 6‬‬
‫‪⇒ (LCM (12,30)) × (GCD(12,30)) = 60 × 6 = 360 = 12 × 30‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ )‪ (powers‬ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ )‪ (Radicals‬ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺘﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﺷ ﹺﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 32‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﻰ ‪ 32 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪. 32 = 25‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ 32‬ﻋﺪﺩ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻯ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 25‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪5‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ )‪ (power‬ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ )‪ (base‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ) ‪(exponent‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ‪ 32‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪81 = 34 , 25 = 52 , 1000, 103‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺩ ‪ 1000‬ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺟﺬﺭ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩ ‪ 25‬ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺩ‬
‫‪ 81‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﻛﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
 ‫⇔ ‪25 = 52‬‬ ‫‪25 = 5,‬‬ ‫‪1000 = 103 ⇔ 3 1000 = 10‬‬
‫⇔ ‪81 = 34‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪81 = 3,‬‬ ‫‪32 = 25‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪32 = 2‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻴﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ‪ 2 ،4‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻰ ﺑﻠﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ)‪ (root‬ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﯧﻨﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﯧﻨﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﯥ ﻭﺭﻛ‪‬ﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻱ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﺩ‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9 16 25 36 49 64 81 100‬‬

‫ﺟﺬﺭﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺟﺬﺭ )ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ )ﺩﻭﻫﻢ( ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺍﺧﺮﻧﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺟﺬﺭ )ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺋﻰ ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ( ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﺅ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻮ ﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ) ﭘﺎﺱ ﺍﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ( ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺋﻰ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻮﻭﺋﯥ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻛﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪‬ﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻛﻮﺯﻭﻭ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﯥ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﺟﺬﺭ( ﺩﻭﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻭ ﭼﻰ ‪‬ﺌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺌﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ) ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻮﻧﻮ( ﻛﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻯ ﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﯥ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﻯ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻛﯥ (‪ ،‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺍ‬
‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻛﯥ ( ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻭ ﺋﯥ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻛﯥ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻯ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺧﭙﻞ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻛﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﺘﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻛﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻛﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﻛﯥ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﻭﭼﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩ ﻟ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﭘ‪‬ﺍﻭﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﯥ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻟ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﻛ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﺗﻠﻰ ﺷﻲ‬

‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 77284‬ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‬

‫‪2 7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪2 7 72‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪47 3 72‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪27284 = 278‬‬
‫‪3 29‬‬
‫‪548‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬
‫‪43‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻰ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3 4 = 4 81 = 3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪II .‬‬ ‫)‪( 8‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= 23 = 8‬‬
‫‪III .‬‬ ‫‪4 × 25 = 100 = 10 = 2 × 5 = 4 × 25‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﻰ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﻰ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻮﻟﻰ ﺷﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺋﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪216 = 8 × 27 = 3 23 × 33 = 3 23 × 3 33 = 2 × 3 = 6‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪400 = 4 × 100 = 4 × 100 = 2 × 10 = 20‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪400 = 4 × 100 = 4 × 100 = 2 × 10 = 20‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪(1). 42, ( 2). 192 , (3). 770 , ( 4). 1512 , (5). 1260‬‬
‫‪( 6 ).‬‬ ‫‪1755 ,‬‬ ‫‪( 7 ).‬‬ ‫‪4096 ,‬‬ ‫‪( 8 ).‬‬ ‫‪6561 ,‬‬ ‫‪( 9 ).‬‬ ‫‪15625‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪(10 ). 27 , 36 ,‬‬ ‫‪(11 ). 162 , 216 , (12 ). 16 , 64 , 96‬‬
‫‪(13). 24 , 80 , 10,‬‬ ‫‪(14). 125 , 550 , 1050, (15). 36 , 72 , 108 , 144‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫‪(16 ). (2 × 3 )2 , (17 ).‬‬ ‫‪3 2 × 5 3 × 3,‬‬ ‫‪(18 ). 3 500 000 × 170 000‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﺰﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪(19 ).‬‬ ‫‪15625,‬‬ ‫‪(20 ).‬‬ ‫‪291600,‬‬ ‫‪(21).‬‬ ‫‪10404,‬‬ ‫‪(22 ).‬‬ ‫‪9801‬‬
‫‪ .۲۳‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪III .‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪IV .‬‬ ‫‪, V.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪99‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪ .۲۴‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺪﻝ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪I . 0, 543 , II . 0.2 , III . 1,002 , IV . 0, 37‬‬
‫‪V . 0, 5 , VI . 474747... , VII . 2,7182818285‬‬
‫‪ .۲۵‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﻛﻮﻡ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪I . 3,333.... , II . 1,6 , III . 3 7‬‬
‫‪IV . 3, 0 , V . 0,1254 , VI . 0,12359108...‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻧﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻯ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻟﻴﻚ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻫﻢ ﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ x‬ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﻠﻰ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ”‪ x‬ﺩ ‪ n‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ“ ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ x n‬ﺌﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫‪x n := xxx‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ )ﺍﺳﺎﺱ(‪ n ،‬ﺗﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻯ )ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ(‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ m‬ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪1. x m x n = x m + n‬‬
‫‪xm‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪m−n‬‬
‫‪, x ≠ 0, m > n‬‬
‫‪xn‬‬
‫‪3. ( xy ) = x n y n‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬ ‫) ‪(x‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫‪= x mn‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪5. ⎜ ⎟ = n , y ≠ 0‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ y‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻯ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪1. x 3 x 2 = ( xxx )( xx ) = xxxxx = x 3+ 2‬‬
‫‪x 7 xxxxxxx‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= xxx = x 3 = x 7 − 4‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪xxxx‬‬
‫‪3. ( xy ) = ( xy )( xy )( xy ) = ( xxx )( yyy ) = x 3 y 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬ ‫) ‪(x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= ( x 2 )( x 2 )( x 2 ) = x 6 = x 2×3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪⎛ x ⎞ ⎛ x ⎞⎛ x ⎞⎛ x ⎞⎛ x ⎞ xxxx x 4‬‬
‫= ⎟ ⎜⎟ ⎜⎟ ⎜⎟ ⎜ = ⎟ ⎜ ‪5.‬‬ ‫‪= 4 , y≠0‬‬
‫‪⎝ y ⎠ ⎝ y ⎠⎝ y ⎠⎝ y ⎠⎝ y ⎠ yyyy y‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ n‬ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪. x = y‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﺩ ‪ n‬ﺍﻣﯥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﺍﯾﯥ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﭼﯥ‪:‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪y = n xn = x‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ n‬ﻳﻮ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻮ ‪-n‬ﺍﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ n‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ x n = y‬ﭘﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻱ ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ )‪ 32 = 9 = (− 3‬ﯾﺎ ) ‪ . 26 = 64 = (− 2‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ ۹‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ) ‪ ( ± 3‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 64‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ) ‪ ( ± 2‬ﻟﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﯥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﯥ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺟﺬﺭ )‪ (principle root‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻜﻮ ﭼﯥ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪y = n x n = x , n = 2k , k ∈ IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﯥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪x n = x , n = 2k − 1 , k ∈ IN , x ∈ IR‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪x n = x , n = 2k , k ∈ IN , x ≥ 0‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪xy = x y‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪, 4.‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, y≠0‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪64 x 6 = 3 64 3 x 6 = 3 4 3 3 (x 3 ) = 4 x 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪32a 10 5 32a 10 5 (2a 2 ) 2a 2‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫= ‪= 5 15 5‬‬ ‫=‬

‫‪b15 x 5‬‬ ‫‪b x‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪(b3 x )5 b3 x‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ )ﺻﻔﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ( ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪xn‬‬
‫‪(i ) 1 = n = x n−n = x 0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪(ii ) 1 = x2 = x1−2 = x −1‬‬
‫‪x x‬‬
‫)‪( x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪⎛ xn ⎞ = xn = x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫) ‪(iii‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫⎠ ⎝‬
‫‪35‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﻯ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﻛﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫=‪4. x := 1 , 5. x :‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪, 6. x := n x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪n‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪7. x = ( x‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪=⎜ ⎟ = n‬‬
‫‪−n‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫⎠‪⎝ x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫)‪( x‬‬
‫‪m‬‬

‫= ⎟⎞ ‪x = ⎛⎜ x n‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬

‫‪, x = ( x m )n = n x m‬‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫⎠ ⎝‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬

‫)‪( x‬‬
‫‪m‬‬

‫)‪(8‬‬
‫‪m‬‬
‫= ‪x‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪= n xm‬‬

‫ﺑﻼﺧﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ x‬ﻭ ‪ y‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪n‬‬
‫‪⎛ x ⎞ xn‬‬
‫)‪(9) ( xy‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪=x y‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(10‬‬ ‫‪⎜ ⎟ = n , y ≠0‬‬
‫‪⎝ y⎠ y‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪a 4 b −3 c 2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬
‫) ‪(1‬‬ ‫‪=a b‬‬
‫‪4−5‬‬ ‫‪− 3− (− 5 ) 2 − 2‬‬
‫= ‪c =a b c‬‬
‫‪−1 2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬

‫‪a 5b −5 c 2‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫‪−3‬‬

‫) ‪(2‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛3‬‬ ‫‪3 −3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬

‫⎟ ⎜‬ ‫= ‪= −3 = 3 −3 ⋅ −3 = 3 ⋅ 4 3‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪5 + 4 + 8 = 1+‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+ 8 = 1+ + 2 = 3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫) ‪(4‬‬
‫‪⋅2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪27 = 27‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= ⎜ 27 3 ⎟ = 3 27 = 3 2 = 9‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪6 10‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪20 x y‬‬ ‫‪20 x y‬‬
‫) ‪(5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪⋅ 4 ⋅ 6 = 4 x 6 − 4 y 10 − 6 = 4 x 2 y 4‬‬
‫‪5x y‬‬ ‫‪5 x y‬‬
‫(‬ ‫) ()‬
‫)‪(6) 3m + 4n 1 + p = (3m + 4n) (1 + p) = (3m + 4n) (1 + p‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪8−3‬‬ ‫‪3−2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫)‪(3m + 4n) (1 + p‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪(7 ) ⎛⎜ 7 x y z t ⎞⎟ = 7 (x y z t ) = 7 x y z t‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫⎠‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫) ‪(u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪⎛ 27 x‬‬
‫‪−7‬‬
‫‪⎞ = (27 ) ⎛ x‬‬
‫‪−7‬‬
‫⎞‬
‫‪−7 8‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫)‪(8‬‬ ‫‪= (3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪−‬‬

‫⎜‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫⎟‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫⎟‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪8 3‬‬
‫‪=3 x‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪7‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪xa 3‬‬ ‫‪xb 3 xc 3‬‬ ‫‪xa‬‬ ‫‪x x‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫) ‪(9‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫‪⋅ a = 3 1 =1‬‬

‫‪xb‬‬ ‫‪xc xa‬‬ ‫‪xb‬‬ ‫‪x x‬‬
‫‪c‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻮ ﭘﺎﻳﻮ ) ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ( ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ”‪“10‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻟﺴﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ‪،8 ،7 ،6 ،5 ،4 ،3 ،2 ،1 ،0‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ”‪ “10‬ﺩ ﻃﺎ ﻗﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫)‪(i‬‬ ‫‪2943= 2000+ 900+ 40+ 3 = 2 ⋅1000+ 9 ⋅100+ 4 ⋅10+ 3⋅1‬‬
‫‪⇒ 2943= 2 ⋅103 + 9 ⋅102 + 4 ⋅10+ 3⋅100‬‬
‫)‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪485.762 = 4 ⋅102 + 8 ⋅101 + 5 ⋅100 + 7 ⋅10−1 + 6 ⋅10−2 + 2 ⋅10−3‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ”‪ “10‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ )‪ (base‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺒﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )‪(decimal system notation‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﺴﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ )ﭘﺎﻳﻪ( ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮ )ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ( ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ‬
‫)ﭘﺎﺋﯥ( ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺴﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 12 ،11 ،10‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎ ﺩ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ )‪ 2 ،(binary system notation‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ 0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 1‬ﺗﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻴﺎ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻪ‪:‬‬

‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪101012 = 1 ⋅ 2 4 + 0 ⋅ 2 3 + 1 ⋅ 2 2 + 0 ⋅ 2 1 + 1 ⋅ 2 0 = 21‬‬

‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= 1 ⋅ 2 3 + 0 ⋅ 2 2 + 0 ⋅ 21 + 0 ⋅ 2 0 = 8‬‬
‫) ‪(iii‬‬ ‫‪10000 2 = 1 ⋅ 2 4 + 0 ⋅ 10 3 + 0 ⋅ 2 2 + 0 ⋅ 2 1 + 0 ⋅ 2 0 = 16‬‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﻪ ﺩ ﻛﻤﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩ ﺗﺨﻨﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻮﻯ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 0‬ﺍﻭ‪ 1‬ﺨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﯥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻳﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﺭﻭ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻣ‪‬ﻩ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﻐﻮﻯ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﻏﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮﯤ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﺲ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻜﻪ‪.16 ،8 ،21‬‬
‫ﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ )ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ(‪ .‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻴﺎ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ‪ 3 ،2 ،1 ،0‬ﺍﻭ‪ 4‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫) ‪(iv‬‬ ‫‪40305 = 4 ⋅ 53 + 0 ⋅ 52 + 3 ⋅ 51 + 0 ⋅ 50 = 515‬‬

‫) ‪(v‬‬ ‫‪100005 = 1 ⋅ 54 + 0 ⋅ 53 + 0 ⋅ 52 + 0 ⋅ 51 + 0 ⋅ 50 = 625‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻰ ﺧﻮ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻛﻮﻡ ﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺭﺍﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﻱ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺮ ﺩﺍ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ ﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﻣﺨﻪ ﺩ ‪ 10 ،5 ،2‬ﺍﻭ ‪13‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ‪‬ﻮ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﯥ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a0‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪a3‬‬ ‫‪a4‬‬ ‫‪a5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪125‬‬ ‫‪625‬‬ ‫‪3125‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪1000 10000 100000‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪144‬‬ ‫‪1728 20736 248832‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩ ‪ 47‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ . 2 = 32 < 47 < 64 = 2‬ﺩﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﮑﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﺮﻭ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫⇒ ‪=1‬‬ ‫⇒ ‪=0‬‬ ‫‪=1 ⇒ =1 ⇒ =1 ⇒ =1‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﯥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﯿﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪⇒ 47 = 1011112‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 47‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ . 5 = 25 < 47 < 5 = 125‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺳﻄﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫⇒ ‪=1‬‬ ‫‪= 4 ⇒ = 2 ⇒ 47 = 142 5‬‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﯥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﯿﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ‬

‫‪22‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⇒ 47 = 1425‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﭘﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻛﯥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤ‪‬ﻱ ﺩﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻣﻮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 47‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫⇒ ‪= 23‬‬ ‫⇒ ‪= 11‬‬ ‫‪= 5 ⇒ = 2 ⇒ =1 ⇒ = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﯥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﯿﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 47‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= 9 ⇒ = 1 ⇒ = 0 ⇒ 147 = 142 5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬ ‫) ‪(2 ) (− 4 x‬‬ ‫] ) ‪(3) (x − y ) [(x − y‬‬ ‫‪4 − 2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫‪2 3 ⋅ 32‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫)‪(100) (0.01‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪−1 2 − 4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬
‫)‪(4) ⎛⎜⎜ 3x ⎞⎟⎟ , (5) 3−2 x −3y 3 , (6‬‬ ‫‪a 2 3 b3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫) ‪, (7‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ 4y‬‬ ‫‪2 x y‬‬ ‫‪−2 2‬‬
‫‪c d‬‬ ‫‪(0.0001)−4‬‬
‫)‪(8) (25) + (0.25‬‬‫‪0‬‬
‫)‪− 8 ⋅ 4 − + (0.027 ) − (0.000001‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪x − 25‬‬ ‫‪a−b a+b‬‬ ‫‪2x 4 2 y‬‬

‫) ‪(9‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(10‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(11‬‬
‫‪x +5‬‬ ‫‪a+b a−b‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫) ‪(12‬‬ ‫‪100 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(13‬‬ ‫‪1000 ,‬‬ ‫) ‪(14‬‬ ‫‪1008 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(15‬‬ ‫‪999‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‬
‫)‪(16‬‬ ‫‪1000 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(17‬‬ ‫‪111112‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(18‬‬ ‫‪1112‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(19‬‬ ‫‪10012‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(20‬‬ ‫‪10000 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(21‬‬ ‫‪98 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(22‬‬ ‫‪10001 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(23‬‬ ‫‪5678‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(24‬‬ ‫‪1005‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(25‬‬ ‫‪9995‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(26‬‬ ‫‪80005‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(27‬‬ ‫‪99995‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺭﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 12‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‬
‫)‪(28‬‬ ‫‪1000 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(29‬‬ ‫‪987 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(30‬‬ ‫‪10001 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(31‬‬ ‫‪88888‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 12‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺭﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺊ‬
‫)‪(32‬‬ ‫‪10012‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(33‬‬ ‫‪9912‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(34‬‬ ‫‪E 0012‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(35‬‬ ‫‪RE 0112‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ‪‬ﭙﺮﻛﻰ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻐﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻯ ﺧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻰ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻛﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ‬

‫ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻯ ﭼﻰ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻯ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻱ )ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ(‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻰ ﺭﺧﺖ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ )ﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻰ ﺭﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ(‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ‪‬ﻮﺭﻟﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﯥ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ )‪(common fraction‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ )‪ .(denominator‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺸﻞ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻣﻨﺸﺎ(‪ .‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ )‪ .(numerator‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﻭﻳﺸﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻴﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻩ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﺑﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ )ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺧﻂ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ( ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ )‪ .(proper fraction‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻛﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪. 17‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻯ ﻟﻪ ‪، 12 :‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ) ‪ (Improper fraction‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﯤ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺋﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫” ﻳﻮ“ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﯤ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪ 4 ، 3‬ﺍﻭ ‪. 31‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﺊ ﺷﻮ ﭼﻰ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺋﯥ ﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫=‪5‬‬ ‫= ‪, 12‬‬ ‫= ‪, 100‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )‪ .(Mixed Numbers‬ﻳﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ )ﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ( ﺍﻭ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻰ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺷﻮﺩﻝ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ )ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ( ﻧﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪= 4+ = 4‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪= 3+ = 3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪= 3+ = 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪3× 2 6‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﺭﯤ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8÷2 4‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺩﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3 × 4 12‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ ﺑﺮﺧﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10 : 2 5‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﯥ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫‪12 12 ÷ 4 3‬‬ ‫‪2 2 × 5 10‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﯾﺎ‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪15 15 ÷ 4 5‬‬ ‫‪3 3 × 5 15‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪ :‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﯥ )ﺩﻳﻮ‬

‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ( ﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﻮﻱ( ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﻮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪1 2 3 4 5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪9 10 11 12‬‬
‫= = = = = =‬ ‫= = =‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= ...‬‬
‫‪2 4 6 8 10 12 17 16 18 20 22 24‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ )ﺑﺴﻴﻂ( ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻴﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻛﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻮﺭ ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﻮ‬
‫‪7 5 4 3‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫)ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺴﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ( ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ‪ ، ، ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪10 10 10 10‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩ ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺷﻜﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ) ‪(Reduction of fraction‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻰ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﯥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺷﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻱ( ﺷﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﻮﻝ ﯾﺎ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﻴﺲ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫‪ .I‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ) ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺴﺮ(‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﻯ ﻭﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ )ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ( ﺩ ‪ 2 34‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﭘﻮﻫﻴ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪) 34‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ( ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ 2‬ﺩ ‪) 84‬ﺩﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺗﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ( ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﭘﻪ ‪) 114‬ﻳﻮﻟﺲ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ( ﮐﯿ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 2×4 3‬‬ ‫‪2×4+ 3‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫= ‪2 =2+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﻰ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ . 2‬ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻋﺪﺩ ) ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ(‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﯼ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﯥ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ = ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ↔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ = ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ↔ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ = ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﺩﻭﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﯥ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪100 23‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻮ ﺷﮑﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪25 4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫‪I. 4 2 3‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪=5‬‬ ‫‪, II . 25 100‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪=4 =4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫)‪(Reduction to Lower Terms‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﯼ( ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﮐﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪105‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30 ÷ 5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6÷3 2‬‬ ‫‪30 2‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪or‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪105 105 ÷ 5 21 21 ÷ 3 7‬‬ ‫‪105 7‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪7‬‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30 ÷ 15 2‬‬ ‫‪30 2 × 3 × 5 2‬‬

‫‪II .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, III .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪105 105 ÷ 15 7‬‬ ‫‪105 7 × 3 × 5 7‬‬

‫‪600‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪18000‬‬
‫‪1 × 600‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪600‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6÷6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪or‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪30 × 600 30‬‬ ‫‪18000 180 180 ÷ 6 30‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻲ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪70 2 × 5 × 7 2‬‬ ‫‪60 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 5‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, II .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪105 3 × 5 × 7 3‬‬ ‫‪84 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 7‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﯥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﯧﻨﻮ ﻭﺧﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪‬ﯽ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﭘﻴﮋﻧﺪﻧﯥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪ 1599‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬‫‪6273‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺿﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴﺪﻻﯼ ﺷﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﯥ ‪ 123‬ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﯤ ﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺩ ﭘﻴﮋﻧﺪﻧﯥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭ ﮐﯥ ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﭘﺮ ﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭ ﮐﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻤﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻧﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺍﯼ ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻪ ﭘﺎﻣﻠﺮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬

‫‪1599 13 × 123 13‬‬ ‫‪247‬‬ ‫‪247‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪I.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, II .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪6273 17 × 123 17‬‬ ‫‪988 2 × 2 × 247 4‬‬

‫‪156621 37 × 51 × 83 83‬‬
‫‪III .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪183039 37 × 51 × 97 97‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ )‪(Reduction to Higher Terms‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 53‬ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﺉ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ‪ 60‬ﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻏﻮ‪‬ﺘﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻧﻰ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩ ﺭﺍﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ‪ 12‬ﭘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 × 12‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5 × 12‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﻮﻝ )ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﻨﻴﺲ(‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ‪‬ﻳﺮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺳﻲ ﻻﺯﻣﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﭼﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺍ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﻱ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻰ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﯥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪..‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 15 ، 6 ، 4‬ﺍﻭ ‪24‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩ‪ ،15 ،6 ،4‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 24‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‬
‫‪3 4 6 15 24‬‬
‫‪44 2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪⇒ LCD(4,6,15,24) = 3 × 4 × 2 × 5 = 120‬‬
‫‪21 2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯼ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪(120 ÷ 4) × 1 = 30 , 5 = (120 ÷ 6) × 5 = 100‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬
‫‪4 (120 ÷ 15) × 4 32‬‬ ‫‪11 (120 ÷ 24) × 11 55‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬ ‫‪120‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪32 100 30‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﯥ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫‪120 120 120 120‬‬
‫‪11 4 5 1‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ‪، ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﻮ‬
‫‪24 15 6 4‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺩﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻰ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯤ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻭﻱ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩ ﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ ﻛﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﻠﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 73 ، 52 ، 13‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 85‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ ﮐﻮﻭ‬

‫‪1 2 3 5 280 336 360 525‬‬

‫= ‪, , ,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪3 5 7 8 840 840 840 840‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪280‬‬ ‫‪336‬‬ ‫‪360‬‬ ‫‪525‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫<‬
‫‪840‬‬ ‫‪840‬‬ ‫‪840‬‬ ‫‪840‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺧ‪‬ﻜﻰ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺑﻠﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﺩﺭﯤ‬
‫ﻻﺭ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ‬ ‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩﺍ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ ﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺭﺍﻛﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﯥ ﭘﺮ ﻫﻐﯥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﻨﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ۳‬ﺩﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪2 5 7‬‬
‫‪8.‬‬ ‫= ‪+‬‬
‫‪5 9 9‬‬
‫‪1 2 2‬‬ ‫‪5 2 6 5 + 2 + 6 13‬‬
‫= ‪9. + + = + +‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪3 5 15 15 15 15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪1 7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪50 105 48 50 + 105 + 48 203‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪10. .‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪6 20 25 300 300 300‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﯥ )ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ(‬

‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 5‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5 15 50 135 200 335‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪3 +5 = +‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=9‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9 4 9‬‬ ‫‪36 36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺗﻨﯥ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3 5‬‬ ‫‪27 + 20‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪3 +5 = 3+5+ + = 8+‬‬ ‫‪=8+‬‬ ‫‪= 8 +1 = 9‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4 9‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ . 13‬ﺩ ‪ 4 + 16 + 3 103‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3 4 1 33 120 + 5 + 99 224 112‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪4+‬‬ ‫‪+3 = + +‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪10 1 6 10‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫‪1 3 5 + 9 14‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪1 3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪4+3= 7,‬‬ ‫= ‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ 4+ +‬‬ ‫‪=7+ =7‬‬
‫‪6 10‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪30 15‬‬ ‫‪6 30‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩﺍﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﻕ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﻯ ﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺴﻮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﻮ‬
‫‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺷﭙ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﯥ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻭﺧﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﯥ ﻧﻴﻤﯥ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﭘﺎﺗﯥ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫‪11 6 5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪− = =2‬‬
‫‪2 2 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻌﯥ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻰ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﻨﻴﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩ ‪− 13‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 1 6 5 6−5 1‬‬
‫= ‪− = −‬‬ ‫‪= .‬‬
‫‪5 3 15 15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪ 15‬ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪7‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3 140 31 560 279 281‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬
‫= ‪15 − 7‬‬ ‫= ‪−‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=7‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬
‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 5 − 2 1320‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪13 5 53 100 53 100 − 53 47‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪5−2 = −‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=2‬‬
‫‪20 1 20 20 20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪ 17‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 34 + 52 − 56‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪3 2 5 45 24 50 45 + 24 − 50 19‬‬
‫= ‪+ −‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫‪4 5 6 60 60 60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺍ‪‬ﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﺍ‪‬ﯥ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻰ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺩ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺗﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯤ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 3 2×3 6 1‬‬
‫= ×‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪9 4 9 × 4 36 6‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻩ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1× 1× 1‬‬
‫‪5 3 2‬‬ ‫‪5× 3× 2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫× ×‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪9 4 35 9 × 4 × 35 42‬‬
‫‪3× 2 × 7‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3 5 5 17 5 × 5 × 17 5 × 5 × 17 25‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫×‪5‬‬ ‫× = ‪×2‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪7 1 34 7 1 × 34 × 7 1 × 34 × 7 14‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ (1 − 8 ) ×1 5‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪⎛ 3 ⎞ 3 ⎛1 3 ⎞ 8 8 − 3 8 5 × 8‬‬
‫= × ⎟ ‪⎜1 − ⎟ × 1 = ⎜ −‬‬ ‫= ×‬ ‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪⎝ 8 ⎠ 5 ⎝1 8 ⎠ 5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪5 8×5‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺧﺮﺑﻮﺯﯤ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﯥ ﭘﺮ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺗﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﻮﯤ ﺧﺮﺑﻮﺯﯤ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻮ ﻧﻴﻤﺎﻳﯥ ﺩ ﺧﺮﺑﻮﺯﯤ ﻳﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2 2 2 1 2 ×1 1‬‬
‫= × = ÷ =‪÷2‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 1 3 2 3× 2 3‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﯥ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻯ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2 ÷ 54‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2 5‬‬ ‫‪2 × 5 10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫÷‪2‬‬ ‫= × =‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1 4‬‬ ‫‪1× 4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪÷4‬‬ ‫‪23‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7 ×1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫=‪÷4‬‬ ‫= ÷‬ ‫= ×‬ ‫=‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10 1 10 4 10 × 4‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪÷ 154‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2 4 2 15 2 × 15 1× 3 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= × = ÷‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= =1‬‬
‫‪5 15 5 4‬‬ ‫‪5 × 4 1× 2 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ 6 14 ÷ 1 83 .25‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪1 3 25 11 25 8 25 × 2 50‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫= ‪6 ÷1‬‬ ‫= × = ÷‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=4‬‬
‫‪4 8 4 8‬‬ ‫‪4 11 1 × 11 11‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪ 26‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ ( 5 − 4 + 20 ) ÷ (2 − 5‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫⎛ ⎞ ‪⎛4 3 7‬‬ ‫‪3 ⎞ ⎛ 16 15 7 ⎞ ⎛ 10 3 ⎞ 16 − 15 + 7 10 − 3‬‬
‫‪⎜ − + ⎟ ÷ ⎜2 − ⎟ = ⎜ −‬‬ ‫= ⎟ ‪+ ⎟÷⎜ −‬‬ ‫÷‬
‫⎝ ⎠ ‪⎝ 5 4 20‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪5 ⎠ ⎝ 20 20 20 ⎠ ⎝ 5 5‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8 7 8 5 8 × 5 2 ×1 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= × = ÷‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= .‬‬
‫‪20 5 20 7 20 × 7 1× 7 7‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻛﯥ ﻛﺴﺮﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﺌﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﺮﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2 5 2 6 4‬‬ ‫‪7 7 ÷ 9 79 7 8‬‬
‫= × = ÷ = ‪i. 5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪, ii.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫÷ =‪=8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫÷‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪9 9‬‬
‫‪1 2 +1 3‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬
‫‪iii.‬‬ ‫‪2 = 2 = 2 = 3×2 =3‬‬
‫‪1 2 −1 1 2 1‬‬
‫‪1−‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1 1 2+3 5‬‬

‫‪+‬‬
‫‪iv.‬‬ ‫‪3 2 = 6 = 6 = 5 × 10 = 50 = 25‬‬
‫‪2 1 4 + 5 9 6 9 54 27‬‬
‫‪+‬‬
‫‪5 2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻮ ﺍﺗﻤﯥ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﯥ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻳﻮ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﯥ‪ .‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ‪ ،‬ﻮ ﺍﺗﻤﻰ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﻮ ﻟﺴﻤﯥ ﺑﻴﻠﯥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻠﯥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩ ‪ 1328 ، 7978 ، 2323 ، 159 ، 158‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ، 53‬ﺨﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻲ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﻛﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .5‬ﻳﻮ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ‪ ۵‬ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻞ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ‪ ۳‬ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﺑﺴﻜﻮﻳﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﺸﻰ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﯥ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ‪ ۸‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﻛﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﭘﻴﺴﻰ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺩﻻﻧﻪ ﻭﻭﻳﺸﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻛﻮﻡ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ . 6‬ﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻳﻮ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ . 7‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 7‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﯿﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬‫‪ . 8‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 75‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 75‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬

‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻱ؟‬

‫‪.11‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ‪ 10 73 ، 4 53 ، 2 13‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 20 1011‬ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ؟‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﯼ ﮐﺴﺮ‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫‪343‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪126‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪121‬‬
‫‪143‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪539‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪ .13‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ‪، 15‬‬
‫‪2×3×5×7‬‬ ‫‪8×9×49×33‬‬ ‫‪21×55‬‬ ‫‪3×2×5‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪7×5×3× 2×11‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪6×11×28×21‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪13×15×77‬‬ ‫‪ .14‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ‪، 6×4×10‬‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪ .15‬ﺩ‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪ .16‬ﺩ‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪180‬‬ ‫‪ .17‬ﺩ ‪ 18 ، 60 ، 40‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 3 2‬‬ ‫‪3 2 5‬‬ ‫‪7 16‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫) ‪18‬‬ ‫) ‪+ + , 19‬‬ ‫) ‪+ − , 20‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2 4 7‬‬ ‫‪4 3 6‬‬ ‫‪9 25 15‬‬
‫‪15 9 25‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪21) 2 + + , 22) 3 + 1‬‬ ‫‪+2‬‬ ‫‪, 23) 4 + 2‬‬
‫‪36 60 72‬‬ ‫‪35 105‬‬ ‫‪420‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫) ‪24‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪, 25 ) 5 −‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 3‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫‪1 2 3‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪5 12‬‬ ‫‪1 5 14‬‬
‫) ‪26‬‬ ‫× ×‬ ‫) ‪, 27‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫×‬ ‫× × ‪, 28 ) 2‬‬
‫‪2 3 4‬‬ ‫‪10 21 13‬‬ ‫‪2 9 17‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 2 2 ⎞ ⎛ 2 50‬‬ ‫‪3 ⎛ 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2⎞ 1‬‬
‫‪29) ⎜ × ⎟ × ⎜ −‬‬ ‫× ⎟ ‪⎟ , 30) 17 × ⎜ 4 − 2 + 1‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ 8 9 ⎠ ⎝ 3 183‬‬ ‫‪5 ⎝ 6‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3 ⎠ 176‬‬

‫‪.31‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳﺸﺘﻮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻮ ﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻭ )ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﭼﻨﺪﻭ( ﻧﻴﻤﺎﻳﻲ ‪‬ﻠﻮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﯥ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .32‬ﺩ ‪ 250‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺩ ﻟﺴﻤﯥ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﯥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺎﻳﯥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻤﺎﻳﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﯥ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻧﺪﯤ ﻻ‪‬ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪21‬‬ ‫‪ .33‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮ ﻻﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻛﯥ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺦ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻠﻠﻰ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫) ‪34‬‬ ‫‪÷6‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪35 ) 8 ÷ 3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪36‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬‫‪÷3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪12 4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪⎛ 3 2 ⎞ 19‬‬
‫)‪37‬‬ ‫÷‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪38) 7 ÷ 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫÷ ⎟ ‪39) ⎜ −‬‬
‫‪25 5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪⎝ 4 3 ⎠ 24‬‬
‫⎛ ⎞‪⎛4 3 1‬‬ ‫⎞‪3‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛2 1⎞ ⎛ 1 5 1‬‬
‫)‪40 ) ⎜ − − ⎟ ÷ ⎜ 2 − ⎟ , 41‬‬ ‫× ‪⎜ − ⎟ ÷ ⎜4‬‬ ‫⎟ ×‬
‫⎝ ⎠‪⎝5 4 6‬‬ ‫⎠‪5‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪⎝ 3 4 ⎠ ⎝ 5 42 6‬‬

‫‪ .42‬ﻳﻮ ﻧﻞ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻞ ﻧﻞ ﺩ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩﻭﻛﺰ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﻛﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﻭ‪‬ﻩ‬

‫ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﻙ ﻛ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .43‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﻛﯥ ﺩ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ‪ 6‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﻭﺭ‪‬ﯥ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻱ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ‪ 8‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺎﺉ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﻛ‪‬ﻱ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﯥ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻛ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .44‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ ﺩ ‪ 14‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺩﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻲ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﻯ ﺩﻯ ﺩ ﺧﭙﻞ ‪‬ﺎﻥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻪ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯥ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬ ‫‪ .45‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭼﺎ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻛﺎﻝ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ‪ $1000‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺩ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻟﺴﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻟﺴﻮ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻜﻪ ‪1000 ،100 ،10‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻛﯥ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪4 37‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪2 2358‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,9‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪100 100 1000 100 10‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﻪ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻜﻨﯥ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻭﻳﺰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﭼﭙﻪ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻛﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﻟﺲ ﺯﺭﻳﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻞ ﺯﺭﻳﺰ‪ ....‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺌﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ) ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ( ﺩ ﻟﺴﻤﯥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻤﯥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻣﯥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺲ ﺯﺭﻣﯥ‪ ....‬ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪5963‬‬ ‫‪5000‬‬ ‫‪900‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪74318‬‬ ‫‪= 74318 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000 10000 10000 10000‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= 74318 +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ = 74318 . 5963‬‬
‫‪10 100 1000 10000‬‬
‫‪5963‬‬
‫‪ 74318‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪= 74318 . 5963‬‬
‫‪10000‬‬

‫ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻡ ﺻﺪﻡ ﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻼ ﻣﺖ ﯾﮏ‬ ‫ﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻣﻬﺎ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪7 4 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪. 5‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﯥ ‪ 74318.5963‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻟﻮﺳﺘﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺳﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﺴﻤﯥ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺳﻠﻤﯥ‪ ،‬ﺷﭙ‪ ‬ﺯﺭﻣﯥ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﯤ ﻟﺲ ﺯﺭﻣﯥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﺍﻭﻳﺎ ﺯﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺳﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﻠﺲ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺯﺭﻩ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻩ ﺩﺭﻯ ﺷﭙﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.023,‬‬ ‫‪0.2, 6‬‬ ‫‪6.43,‬‬ ‫‪98‬‬ ‫‪98.7‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﯥ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺗﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻧﻪ ﺭﺍﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪45000 45‬‬ ‫‪5 5000‬‬
‫=‪0 . 45000‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= = ‪= 0 . 45 , 0 . 5‬‬ ‫‪= 0 . 5000‬‬
‫‪100000 100‬‬ ‫‪10 10000‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺍ ﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ‪‬ﺌﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ‪....،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺲ ‪‬ﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻞ ‪‬ﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭ‪‬ﻠﻰ‪ ....،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫) ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻭ ‪ ....‬ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻯ(‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪354 35400 354‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫× ‪100 × (0 . 354) = 100‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 35 = 3 5 . 4‬‬
‫‪1000 1000‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﻯ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫‪ .....‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻳﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﺲ ‪‬ﻠﯥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻞ ‪‬ﻠﯥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭ ‪‬ﻠﯥ‬
‫ﺍﻭ‪ ....‬ﻛﻤﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬

‫) ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻟﺴﻮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﻭ ﺍﻭ‪ .....‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤ‪‬ﻯ(‬

‫‪ .6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪354‬‬ ‫‪354 1‬‬ ‫‪354‬‬
‫= ‪35. 4 ÷100 = 35 ÷100‬‬ ‫= ‪÷100‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0 . 354‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10 100 1000‬‬

‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﭼﯥ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺩ ‪ 25‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﺭﻳﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫= ‪25 = 25 .0 = 25 .00 = 25 .000 = 25 .0000‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﯥ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪2 . 432 + 0 . 35 − 0 . 2037 = 2 . 4320 + 0 . 3500 − 0 . 2037‬‬
‫‪24320‬‬ ‫‪3500‬‬ ‫‪2037‬‬ ‫‪24320 + 3500 − 2037‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫‪25783‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 2 . 5783‬‬
‫‪10000‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﻛﯥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺑﻴﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ )‪ ( 2 . 432 + 0 . 35 − 0 . 2037‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻟﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺳﺮ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪2 . 432‬‬
‫‪+ 0 . 35‬‬
‫‪2 . 7820‬‬
‫‪− 0 . 2037‬‬
‫‪2 . 5783‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 0 . 24367 + 1 7654 . 2 + 0 . 00002‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 4 . 5 − 2 . 789‬ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0 . 24367‬‬
‫‪4 . 500‬‬
‫‪17654 . 2‬‬
‫‪− 2 . 789‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪0 . 00002‬‬
‫‪1 . 711‬‬
‫‪17654 . 44369‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻛﯥ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪12 453 12 × 453 5436‬‬
‫= ‪0 . 12 × 0 . 453‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0 . 05436‬‬
‫‪100 1000 100000 100000‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻻﺭ‪‬ﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻀـﺮﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﯥ ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺟﻼ ﻛـﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻠﺘـﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻨﺊ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳـﻮ ‪‬ـﻞ ﺑﻴـﺎ ﺣـﻞ ﻛـﻮﻭ‬

‫‪0 . 453‬‬
‫‪0 . 12‬‬
‫‪906‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 0.453 × 0.12 = 0.05436‬‬
‫‪453‬‬
‫‪0.05436‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 76× 0 . 013 ، 45 . 0123 × 2 . 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 1000× 0 . 00089‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫‪45 . 0123‬‬ ‫‪0 . 013‬‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪76‬‬ ‫‪0 . 00089‬‬
‫‪2250615‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫‪900246‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪0 . 89‬‬
‫‪112.5 3075‬‬ ‫‪0 . 988‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪ 0.8717 23‬ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻭ‬
‫‪8717‬‬ ‫‪8717‬‬ ‫‪1 8717‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪0 . 8717 ÷ 23‬‬ ‫= ‪÷ 23‬‬ ‫×‬ ‫=‬ ‫×‬
‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000 23‬‬ ‫‪23 10000‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪379‬‬
‫× ‪= 379‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ 0 . 8717 ÷ 23‬‬ ‫‪= 0 . 0379‬‬
‫‪10000‬‬ ‫‪10000‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﯥ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫‪0.0379‬‬
‫‪23 0 . 8717‬‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫‪181‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 0.8717 ÷ 23 = 0.0379‬‬
‫‪161‬‬
‫‪207‬‬
‫‪207‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ) ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ( ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ .... ،1000 ،100 ،10‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻜ‪‬ﻨﻰ ﻻﺭ‪‬ﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪45 . 05679 45 . 05679 × 10‬‬
‫= ‪45 . 05679 ÷ 5 . 4‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪5. 4‬‬ ‫‪5 . 4 × 10‬‬
‫‪450 . 5679‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪= 450.5679 ÷ 54‬‬
‫‪54‬‬

‫‪8.34385‬‬
‫‪54 450.5679‬‬
‫‪432‬‬
‫‪185‬‬
‫‪162‬‬
‫‪236‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪216‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 450.5679 ÷ 54 = 8.34385‬‬
‫‪207‬‬
‫‪162‬‬
‫‪459‬‬
‫‪432‬‬
‫‪270‬‬
‫‪270‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫‪ 13‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 0.084 ÷ 0.7‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 3.7 ÷ 0.08‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪0 .084 0 .084 × 10 0 .84‬‬
‫= ‪0 .084 ÷ 0 .7‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0 .84 ÷ 7 = 0 .12‬‬
‫‪0 .7‬‬ ‫‪0 .7 × 10‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪3 .7‬‬ ‫‪3 . 7 × 100‬‬ ‫‪370‬‬
‫= ‪3 . 7 ÷ 0 . 08‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 370 ÷ 8 = 46 . 25‬‬
‫‪0 . 08‬‬ ‫‪0 . 08 × 100‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻛﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺟﻤﻠﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻮﻟﻰ ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﭘﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬
‫ﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻰ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ 1 ÷ 4‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪0.25‬‬
‫‪4 10‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 1 ÷ 4 = 0.25‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬ ‫ﺩ ‪ 0.75‬ﻛﺴﺮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﺳﻠﻤﯥ‪ ،‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﻯ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪ ،0.75‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪68‬‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻪ ‪‬ﺩﻭ‪ .‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﻧﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3406 1703‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪a) 0.3406‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‪, b) 0.008‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪10000 5000‬‬ ‫‪1000 125‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪60001‬‬ ‫‪5 1‬‬
‫‪c) 6.0001= 6‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫= ‪d ) 0.5‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪10000 10000‬‬ ‫‪10 2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﯥ ﻫﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻳﯥ ‪ 10‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 1000‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ‪ ....‬ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺭﺍﻛ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 × 25 75‬‬ ‫‪1 1× 5 5‬‬
‫= ‪.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0.75‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﯾﺎ‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 0.5‬‬ ‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4 × 25 100‬‬ ‫‪2 2 × 5 10‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻯ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‬
‫) ﭘﻪ ﻛﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ(‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫‪2.625‬‬
‫‪8 21.000‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪0.75‬‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪4 3.00‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪48‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪= 2.625 ,‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪= 0.75‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪16‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪40‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ )‪(Repeating Decimals‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮ) ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﯥ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻯ ﻛﺴﺮ( ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﺗﺎﻡ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 17‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪a) 0.333‬‬ ‫‪, b) 8.2 34 34 34‬‬ ‫‪, c) 19.3466666‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﯥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺑﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻛﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﯧﻨﯥ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻢ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ‪‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 18‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫•‬
‫‪a ) 0.333...... = 0.(3) = 0. 3 = 0. 3‬‬
‫• •‬
‫= ‪b) 8.2 34 34 34 ...‬‬ ‫‪8.2(34) = 8.2 34 = 8.2 34‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫•‬
‫‪c) 19.34 666 ... = 19.34(6) = 19.34 6 = 19.34 6‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻛﻰ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ) ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ(‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻛﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﻰ ﭼﻰ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﻗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛ‪‬ﺍﻯ ﺷﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪d‬‬ ‫‪= 0 .3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪e‬‬ ‫‪= 0 . 75 0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪f‬‬ ‫) ‪= 0. 142857 , g‬‬ ‫‪= 0.307692‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻛﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﻳﻮ ﺻﻔﺮ ‪‬ﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﻯ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪a ) 0. 3‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪9‬‬‫‪3‬‬
‫‪142857‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪b) 0 . 142857‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪999999‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪42658 − 42‬‬ ‫‪42616‬‬
‫= ‪c ) 0.42 658‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪99900‬‬ ‫‪99900‬‬
‫‪54‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫= ‪d ) 0 . 000 54‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪99000‬‬ ‫‪5500‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪0 . 7 + 0 . 21‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪2 . 9701 + 0 . 000356‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪0 . 649 − 0 . 368‬‬ ‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪8 . 45 − 0 . 0079‬‬
‫‪5 . 3 . 87 + 2 . 561 − 2 . 00089‬‬ ‫‪6 . 8 . 0001 − 5 . 8889 + 230‬‬
‫‪7. 0.8 × 0.87‬‬ ‫‪8. 547.69832 × 54.0002‬‬
‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪(0.324 − 0.00021) × 1.02.3‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬ ‫‪(3.005 − 1.456) × 0.005‬‬
‫‪11.‬‬ ‫‪(5 + 2.008 − 1.0009) × 4.005‬‬ ‫‪12.‬‬ ‫)‪0.0008 × (8 − 6.9876884‬‬
‫‪13 . 0.000006 × 0.000005‬‬ ‫‪14 . 20000000 × 0.000000002‬‬
‫‪15 . 26789 . 45 ÷ 0 . 000002‬‬ ‫‪16 . 45 . 668 ÷ 1000000‬‬
‫‪17 .‬‬ ‫‪450 ÷ 100000‬‬ ‫‪18 .‬‬ ‫‪450 ÷ 0 . 0000001‬‬

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪19 .‬‬ ‫‪0 .2,‬‬ ‫‪20 .‬‬ ‫‪0.025 ,‬‬ ‫‪21 .‬‬ ‫‪0.4528 ,‬‬ ‫‪22 .‬‬ ‫‪0.0001‬‬
‫• •‬ ‫• • •‬ ‫• •‬
‫‪23 .‬‬ ‫‪0 .4 5 6‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪24 .‬‬ ‫‪0.32 6 8 5‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪25 .‬‬ ‫‪0.432 6 5‬‬

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪26 .‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪27 .‬‬ ‫‪78‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪28 .‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ‪‬ﭙﺮﻛﻰ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺷﻤﻴﺮﻝ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﯤ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻯ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻤﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﭘﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺣﻞ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﯥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻨ‪‬ﻩ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ )‪(Ratio‬‬

‫ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺴﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺗﺮﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪‬ﻴﺮﺉ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 15‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺍﻭ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻕ ‪ 10‬ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺩ ‪ 15‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﭼﺰ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺴﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﭘـﻪ ﻭﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻋـﺪﺩﻱ ﺍﻧـﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪‬ﻴـﺮﻱ ‪ 15÷5=3‬ﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳـﻲ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ‬

‫)‪ (geometric ratio‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺩ ﻛﻮﭼﻨﻴﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻟﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩ ﺳﭙﻮﺭﺗﻲ ‪‬ﻴﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﻤﺒﺮﯤ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻛ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﻥ ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻟﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ ﭼﻰ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻣﺘﺮﻭ ﺍﻭ ‪ 12‬ﻣﺘﺮﻭ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ 0.25‬ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪3 m ÷ 12 m‬‬ ‫∨‬ ‫‪3 m ÷ 12 m = 0 , 25‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻛﯥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ )‪ (antecedent‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺆﺧﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ )‪(Consequent‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﻭﻯ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ )‪ .(ratio‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻛﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ )‪ (terms‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ )ﺩ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻴ‪‬ﯥ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ( ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ = ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ÷ ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ = ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ × ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺩﻭﻡ = ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ÷ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ‪ ،a‬ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ‪ b‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ r‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫= ‪= r ⇔ a = b × r ⇔ b‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻮﻧﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ﻛﺴﺮﻯ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ )ﻋﺎﻡ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ( ﻫﻢ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻲ ﺷﺎ‪‬ﺮﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 45‬ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‬

‫‪‬ﻮﻟ‪‬ﻰ ﺷﺎ‪‬ﺮﺩﺍﻥ ‪ 65‬ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺩﻭﻯ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫= ‪r‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﮐﻮﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ‪ 18‬ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪a = 18 , r‬‬ ‫‪⇒ b = a ÷ r = 18 ÷ = 18 × 6 = 108‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﯥ ‪ 21‬ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫= ‪a = 21 , r‬‬ ‫‪⇒ b = a ÷ r = 21 ÷ = 21 × = 28‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ 60‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﭘﻨ‪‬ﻤﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪b = 60‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫= ‪r‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫× ‪a = 60‬‬ ‫‪= 48‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ )‪(Proportion‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩ ﺩﺩﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﻛﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ‪ b‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ c‬ﺍﻭ ‪ d‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‪.‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪a :b = c :d‬‬ ‫∨‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ d‬ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ )‪ (extremes‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ b‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ )‪ (mean‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫‪means‬‬

‫‪a b c d‬‬
‫‪exttremes‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪a×d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪b×c‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮﻧﺊ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﻯ ﭘﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺗﻮ ﺷﻜﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬

‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﯥ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﭘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a±b‬‬ ‫‪c±d‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮐﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b+a‬‬ ‫‪d +c‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b−a‬‬ ‫‪d −c‬‬
‫ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﯾﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺧﭙﻞ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﺋﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺧﭙﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻛﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻲ ) ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻰ( ﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a+c‬‬ ‫‪a−c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b+d‬‬ ‫‪b−d‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ) ﺩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺳﻂ( ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻰ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ )ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ( ﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻯ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪r2‬‬ ‫⇔ ‪= a ×b‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a ×b‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺦ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺦ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺭﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﻯ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪x = d‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪1 × 12‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪4× 3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5 × 18‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪= 6‬‬
‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪4 + 5‬‬ ‫‪8 + 10‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪III .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪8 − 7‬‬ ‫‪24 − 21‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪IV .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5 + 10 10 − 5‬‬ ‫‪5 10 15‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪V.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪14 7 + 14 14 − 7‬‬ ‫‪7 14‬‬ ‫‪21 7‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪VI .‬‬ ‫‪= ⇒ x 2 = 4 × 25 ⇒ x = 4 × 25 = 100 = 10‬‬
‫‪25 x‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻮﻛﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻮ ﺑﻴﻪ ‪ 560‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ‪ 10080‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﮐﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﯥ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﻛﻴﺪﻟﻰ ﺷﻲ ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪5vol‬‬ ‫‪560 Af‬‬ ‫‪5vol × 10080 Af‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‪⇒x‬‬ ‫‪= 90vol‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪10080 Af‬‬ ‫‪560 Af‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﯥ ﭘﻪ ‪ 10080‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ‪ 90 ،‬ﺟﻠﺪﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﯥ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﺧﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﻴﺰ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻛ‪‬ﯥ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 28‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺩﻯ ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪NaCl‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 × 28 kg‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ NaCl‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 4 kg‬‬
‫‪28 kg‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﻟﻰ = ﺩ ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﯥ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﻟﻰ ‪ +‬ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫= ‪ 4‬ﻛﻴﻜﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻡ ‪ 28 +‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ = ‪ 32‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩ ‪ y ، x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z‬ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭ ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭼﯥ ‪1200000‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪،6 ،‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻟﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﺮﯼ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1× $1 200 0000‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪= $200 000‬‬
‫‪$1 200 000‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2 × $1 200 0000‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ y‬‬ ‫‪= $400 000‬‬
‫‪$1 200 000‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3 × $1 200 0000‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪= $600 000‬‬
‫‪$1 200 000‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺫﮐﺎﺕ )ﺫﮐﻮﺕ(‬
‫ﺫﻛﺎﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﺪﻯ ﺷﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﻛﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳ‪‬ﺘﻤﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺫﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ 401‬ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪5000000‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﯥ ﺫﻛﺎﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﻯ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5 000 000 × 1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪z‬‬ ‫‪= 125 000 Af‬‬
‫‪5 000 000‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ )ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ( ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ )‪(Continued Rations‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﻛﯥ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﻛﯥ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ‪$2000‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ 5000$‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ‪ 7000$‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﯥ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪79‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻤﺰﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫‪7 :‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻯ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ،18 ،15 ،12‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 9‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺭﺍﻛ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﻮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﻏﻮ‪‬ﺘﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﯤ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪b ،a‬‬ ‫ﻭﯼ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫‪c‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪= 34‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ‪ b‬ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻮ‪‬ﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪b : c‬‬ ‫⎫‬

‫⎪‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪: b‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎪⎪‬
‫‪3 : 4‬‬ ‫⎬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪: 18‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬
‫‪5×3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6×3 : 6×4‬‬ ‫⎪‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫⎭⎪‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫ﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‪‬ﻤﻜﯥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪180‬ﻠﯥ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﯥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺩ ﻟﻤﺮ ﺩ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﻟﻤﺮ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺗﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻩ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﯥ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻤﺮ ﺩ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﯥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ ،m‬ﺩ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﯥ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ e‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻟﻤﺮ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ s‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫⎫‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫⎪⎪‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪: 180‬‬ ‫⇒⎬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪11 × 180‬‬ ‫‪660‬‬
‫‪3×1‬‬ ‫‪: 1 × 11‬‬ ‫‪: 11 × 180‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪: 11 × 180‬‬ ‫⎪⎭‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﻭﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺩ ﺳﻬﺎﻣﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻧ‪‬ﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﻛﯥ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭﻭﻳﺸﻞ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻭﻳﺸﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﯥ ﺩ ﭘﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻪ( ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩ ‪ y ،x‬ﺍﻭ ‪z‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ )ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﺖ(‪ U = x + y + z‬ﺨﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﭘﺮ ﺗﺮ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ y ،x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺴﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪ u = x + y + z‬ﺩﻩ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻭﻳﺶ ﻻﺭ‪‬ﻮﺩ ﺩﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﺍﺧﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬ ‫‪U‬‬

‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪k‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ k‬ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺍﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻛﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻫﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪X U‬‬ ‫‪U×x‬‬ ‫‪Y U‬‬ ‫‪U×y‬‬

‫= ‪= ⇒X‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫= ‪= ⇒Y‬‬
‫‪x u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪y u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬
‫‪Z‬‬ ‫‪U‬‬ ‫‪U × z‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪Z‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪z‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻮ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﯥ ‪ $400000 ،$300000‬ﻭ‬

‫‪ $500000‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛ‪‬ﻪ ‪ $3600000‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ )ﺳﻬﺎﻣﻮﻧﻮ( ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻯ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫‪ 100000‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪500000‬‬ ‫‪400000‬‬ ‫‪300000‬‬ ‫ﺳﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ b ،a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻭﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﯥ‬
‫‪$3600000‬‬ ‫‪$3600000‬‬
‫=‪a‬‬ ‫= ‪× 3 = $900000 , b‬‬ ‫‪× 4 = $1200000‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪$ 36000000‬‬
‫= ‪c‬‬ ‫‪× 5 = $ 1500000‬‬
‫‪12‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
‫‪ 13‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ‪ $200000‬ﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ‪ $300000‬ﺩ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ‪ $400000‬ﺩ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻛﯥ ﺍﭼﻮﻟﻲ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ‪‬ﻪ ‪$1800000‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﯥ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﯾﮑﺎﻥ‬

‫‪3000000 400 000 × 2‬‬ ‫‪300 000 × 4 200000× 5‬‬ ‫)ﺑﺮﺧﻰ( ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫)ﺩﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻪ( ﺩﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪180000‬‬ ‫‪48000‬‬ ‫‪72000‬‬ ‫)ﺩﺑﺮﺧﻮ ‪‬ﻪ( ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ‪60000‬‬
‫‪‬ﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ b ،a‬ﻭ ‪ c‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ )‪، s(a‬‬
‫)‪ s(b‬ﺍﻭ )‪ s(c‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻬﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺉ ﭘﺮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺩ )‪ (4 ،6 ،5‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻨﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﯥ‬
‫‪$ 180000‬‬
‫‪u = 5 + 6 + 4 = 15‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫= ) ‪S (a‬‬ ‫‪× 5 = $ 60 000‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪$180000‬‬ ‫‪$180000‬‬
‫= ) ‪S (b‬‬ ‫= ) ‪× 6 = $72000 , S (c‬‬ ‫‪× 4 = $48000‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫‪ 14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 9000‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ‪ 3 :4 :6 : 7‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺅ )ﺑﺮﺧﻮ( ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪9000‬‬ ‫‪9000‬‬
‫= ‪u = 3 + 4 + 6 + 7 = 20 ⇒ a‬‬ ‫= ‪× 3 = 1350 , b‬‬ ‫‪× 4 = 1800‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫‪9000‬‬ ‫‪9000‬‬
‫=‪c‬‬ ‫= ‪× 6 = 2700 , d‬‬ ‫‪× 7 = 3150‬‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 3400$‬ﺩ ‪ b ،a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﻯ ﭼﻰ‬
‫ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩ ‪ b ،a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪: b‬‬ ‫⎫‬

‫‪: c‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪: 2‬‬ ‫⎪⎪‬
‫‪3 : 4‬‬ ‫‪⎬ ⇒ a :b : c = 3 : 6 :8‬‬
‫⎪ ‪1× 3 : 2 × 3 : 2 × 4‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎭⎪ ‪3 : 6 : 8‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ = ‪ $3400‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ=‪u=17 = 8+6+3‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫= ) ‪S (a‬‬ ‫‪× 3400 = $600 , S (b ) = × 3400 = $1200‬‬
‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫= ) ‪S (c‬‬ ‫‪× 3400 = $ 1600‬‬
‫‪17‬‬

‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ 225 .‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﺩ ‪ C ،B ،A‬ﺍﻭ ‪ D‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﺩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﯥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻧﻔﺮﻭ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫‪A : B‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫‪A :‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫⎫‪: C‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪2 : 3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2 : 3‬‬ ‫⎪‬
‫⇒ ⎬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪: 2‬‬
‫⎪‪1 : 2‬‬
‫‪2 × 3 : 3× 3 :‬‬ ‫‪3× 6 : 6 × 2‬‬
‫⎭⎪ ‪2 : 3 : 6‬‬

‫‪A : B‬‬ ‫‪: C‬‬ ‫‪: D‬‬

‫‪⇒ 6 : 9‬‬ ‫‪: 18‬‬ ‫‪: 12‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﯽ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ = ‪ 225‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫‪ u = 2 + 3 + 6 + 4 = 15‬ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬ ‫‪× 225 = 30 Af‬‬ ‫=‪, B‬‬ ‫‪× 225 = 45 Af‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪C = × 225 = 90 Af‬‬ ‫‪, D = × 225 = 60 Af‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪U = 33 + 45 + 90 + 60 = 225‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ )‪(Variation‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﮐﻤﯿﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﯾﻮ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﯾﺎ ﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﯾﮑﯽ ﻟﺮﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺑﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻤﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻳﮑﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴﺪﻭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ‪ y‬ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪cx‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ c‬ﻳﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﺩﻭﻭ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﮐﻮﻣﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﭼﯥ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻭﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺟﻨﺴﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺑﻴﯥ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻮﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻮﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺮﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 17‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻗﻠﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ )‪ (x‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﺑﻴﯥ‬
‫)‪ (y‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬

‫‪x :‬‬ ‫‪2p‬‬ ‫‪4p‬‬ ‫‪6p‬‬ ‫‪7p‬‬ ‫‪8p‬‬ ‫‪9p‬‬ ‫‪10 p‬‬
‫‪y : 10 Af‬‬ ‫‪20 Af‬‬ ‫‪30 Af‬‬ ‫‪35 Af‬‬ ‫‪40 Af‬‬ ‫‪45 Af‬‬ ‫‪50 Af‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪y 10Af 20Af 30Af 35Af 40Af 45Af 50A Af‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=5 p‬‬
‫‪x 2p‬‬ ‫‪4p‬‬ ‫‪6p‬‬ ‫‪7p‬‬ ‫‪8p‬‬ ‫‪9 p 10p‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻭﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴﺪﻭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻯ‬
‫ﭼﯥ‬

‫ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ‪ y‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻱ )ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ(‪ .‬ﺗﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺳﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻩ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪c‬‬
‫‪x× y‬‬ ‫⇔ ‪= c‬‬ ‫= ‪y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﻢ ‪ c‬ﻳﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ‪‬ﺮﺍﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺴﻮ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺩ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻮﻱ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 18‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﺭﯼ ﻧﻞ ﭘﻪ ‪ 60‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪‬ﮎ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﺴﭙﺮ ) ‪ (n‬ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ) ‪ (t‬ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫‪n:‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫‪t : 60h 20h 12h 10h 7,5h 6h 3h‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪n × t = 1 × 60 = 3 × 20 = 5 × 12 = 6 × 10 = 8 × 7,5 = 10 × 6 = 20 × 3 = 60h‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﯽ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 12‬ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺳﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫‪5 × 12 = 6 × 10‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﮑﻠﯽ ﺷﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ‪ 5‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫⇔ ‪5 × 12 = 6 × 10‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺳﹰﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‪ ،‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪y‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪ y‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪a ×b‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪x× y‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫=‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﺩ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ 4‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺟﺎﺭﯼ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮎ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﺲ ﻧﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺧﺖ ‪ x‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻮﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4 ×15‬‬

‫⇒ ‪12× x = 4 ×15‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪= 5h‬‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﯾﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪1 12 × 151‬‬ ‫‪1 54‬‬ ‫‪1× 4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ x = 4 = 4 × = 5h‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x 4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪ 30‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻭﻫﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪x 30‬‬ ‫‪20 × 30‬‬
‫⇒ ‪40 × x = 30 × 20‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‪⇒x‬‬ ‫‪= 15h‬‬
‫‪20 40‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﯾﺖ )‪(Unitary‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﮐﯥ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩ ﺑﻴﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺗﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ‪ 20‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮ‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺑﻴﻪ‪  500 ،‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻳﻮ ﮐﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻡ ﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺩ ﺑﻴﯥ ﭘﻮﻫﻮﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻱ؟ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺳﻮאﻝ ﺩ ﺍﺣﺪﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍ‪‬ﺮﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﯽ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 50‬ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﻴﻪ ‪ 75000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻞ )‪ p(1m‬ﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪75 000 Af‬‬

‫= ) ‪p (1m‬‬ ‫‪= 1 500 Af‬‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪p (10m ) = (1500 Af ) × 10 = 15 000 Af‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
 ‫‪ 22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ 10 .‬ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ‪‬ﻧﺪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻮ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮎ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺷﻤﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﺭﯼ ﻧﻞ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﮎ ﮐ‪‬ﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ‪ H‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﮎ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﭘﻪ ‪ N‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪H = 10 × 12h = 120h ,‬‬ ‫‪N = 12 × 10n = 120n‬‬
‫‪ 23‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ‪‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﻟﺴﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ‪‬ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻧ‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﮐﻮﻟﻮﺗﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻧﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻱ؟‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫÷‪N = 1‬‬ ‫×‪= 1‬‬ ‫‪= 10n‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻯ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 101 ، 49 ، 51، 56 ، 44‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 50‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪44 + 56 + 51 + 49 + 100 + 50‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬

‫= ‪a‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 70‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ‪‬ﻳﺮ ‪‬ﻠﯥ ﺩﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﮏ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪a+b‬‬
‫= ‪A‬‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a ×b‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ‪:‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
 ‫‪2ab‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﯿﮏ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪a+b‬‬

‫‪ 24‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 8‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﮏ ﺍﻭﺳﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪2+8‬‬ ‫)‪2(2.8‬‬
‫=‪A‬‬ ‫= ‪= 5 , G = 2.8 = 4 , H‬‬ ‫‪= 3,2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2+8‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﻮﻧﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪1. 20 , 4‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪2. 7 , 8‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪3. 27 , 36‬‬
‫‪4. 35 , 15‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪5. 5 85 , 7 12‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪6. 2,5 , 7,5‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪16 c‬‬ ‫‪25 10‬‬ ‫‪13 39‬‬
‫‪7.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪8 5‬‬ ‫‪15 d‬‬ ‫‪b 96‬‬
‫‪10. a : 25 = 6 : 50 , 11. 1 : 2 = 3 : d , 12. 3 : 8 = c :19‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻨﺠﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﻞ ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻪ ‪ 30‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯽ‬
‫‪ 450‬ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯼ ﻫﻤﺪﺍ ﻧﻞ ‪ 210‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﯥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﺭﯼ ﺍﻭﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 900000‬ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﺘﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪ ‪ 19800‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 105000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯿﻮ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺩ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻧﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﻴﻨﻴﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫‪ 1 : 3 : 6‬ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ‪ 2500‬ﻨﻪ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﯽ ﮐﯥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺤﻪ ‪‬ﻩ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﮑﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭ ‪ $75840‬ﻪ ﭘـﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻱ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮﻭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻡ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫‪‬ﻠـــﻮﻭﺭﻡ ﺳـــﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﺑﺮﺧـــﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳـــﺐ ﭘـــﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـــﺐ ﺳـــﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ 24 :19 : 9 : 8‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻭﻭﻳﺸﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .17‬ﯾﻮ ﭘﺎﻳﭗ ‪ 2 010‬ﻟﯿﺘﺮﻩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩ ‪ 1,5‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺮ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻮﻳﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪ 42230‬ﻟﻴﺘﺮﻩ ﺍﻭﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﭘﺎﻳﭗ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﺮ ﺗﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ؟‬
‫‪ .18‬ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺥ ﭼﯥ ‪ ٤‬ﺍﻧﭽﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ ٢٢٥٠‬ﻠﯽ ‪‬ﺮﺧﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ‪‬ﺮﺥ ﭼﯥ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻳﯥ ‪ ٥‬ﺍﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻠﯥ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺮﺧﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .19‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ 20‬ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪ 19‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ 6 080$‬ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ‪ ٣٣‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ 7‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺭﻱ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ؟‬
‫‪ . 20‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 3 850$‬ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﮐﻠﻨﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ‪ 231$‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 23 100$‬ﺩ ‪ 11‬ﮐﺎﻟﻮ ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .21‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻮ‪‬ﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻴﻠﻤﺎﻧﻮﺩﺭﯤ ﻭﺧﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩ ‪ 8‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪ 16 800$‬ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ 3200‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻭﺧﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮﻩ ﻭﻱ؟‬

‫‪ .22‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪ 52cm‬ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ‪ c ،b ،a‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﺿﻠﻌﯽ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ‬
‫‪b 5‬‬ ‫‪a 4‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﺿﻠﻌﯽ ﺍ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍﻟﺊ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫=‬ ‫ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪c 4‬‬ ‫‪b 5‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪ 45000 .23‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻰ ﺩ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ )‪ ،(M‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ )‪ ،(I‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ )‪ (H‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻳﺸﺊ ﭼﯥ ‪ H = 5 ، I = 3‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ .24‬ﺩ ‪ 400 ،300 ،200 ،100‬ﺍﻭ‪ 500‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪ . 25‬ﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 25‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻴﮏ ﺍﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
‫‪ .26‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‪ 25000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ 15000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪40000‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ‪ 80000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﻭﺣﺎﻣﺪ ‪ 100000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻯ ﺩ ﺷﺘﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺳﻂ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﻯ؟‬

‫ﻓﯿﺼﺪ )‪(Percent‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ)ﭘﻪ ﺻﻠﻮ ﮐﯽ( ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺩ ‪ %‬ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ‪ 0.25‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪ 25%‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ )ﻧﺴﺒﺖ( ﺧﺎﺹ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﯼ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻲ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪100‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ 100‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻴﮑﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭﻭ ﻧﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪240‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪95 19‬‬

‫=‪8%‬‬ ‫= ‪= , 240 %‬‬ ‫‪=2‬‬ ‫= ‪= 2 , 95 %‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪100 25‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪100 20‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺭﻗﻤﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪‬ﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺧﻮ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ﭘﺮﯤ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ‬
‫‪0,09 = 9 % , 0.85 = 85 % , 6 = 6,00 = 600 % , 1,2 = 1,20 = 120 %‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﯽ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ – ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻭ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻭ ﻟﮑﻪ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪= 0,5 = 0,50 = 50 % , 2 = 2,25 = 225 % ,‬‬ ‫‪= 0,15 = 15 %‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ) ‪ (base‬ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ‪‬ﻮﻭﻧ‪‬ﯽ ﺩ ‪ 400‬ﺷﺎ‪‬ﺮﺩﺍﻧﻮ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ 20‬ﮐﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﮐﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﮑﺘﺐ ﻧﺎﮐﺎﻣﺎﻥ ‪ %5‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ 400‬ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﻓﯿﺼﺪﯼ )‪ - ( percentage‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﻯ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﺗﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻊ )ﻧﻘﺺ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺋﯽ(‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 20‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﺥ ) ‪ (rate‬ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ‪ ٪5‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯽ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯽ ﭼﯽ ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺗﺮﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ )ﻧﺮﺥ( ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﻴﺮﺉ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻪ ‪ $1 000 000‬ﺳﺮ ﻣﺎﺋﯥ‬

‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ $100 000‬ﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ $1 000 000‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ )ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ(‬
‫‪ $100 000‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ )‪‬ﻪ( ﺍﻭ ‪ 10%‬ﻧﺮﺥ )ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ( ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﺩ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ )‪ (b‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ) ‪ ( p‬ﻧﺮﺥ‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫= ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻨﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﻨﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ‬ ‫) ‪ (r‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 100‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫‪b 100‬‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﭘﻪ ﭘﺎﻣﻠﺮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﺗﻠﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬

‫‪p r‬‬ ‫‪b×r‬‬ ‫‪p ×100‬‬ ‫‪p ×100‬‬

‫=‬ ‫=‪⇒ p‬‬ ‫=‪, b‬‬ ‫=‪, r‬‬
‫‪b 100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ‪‬ﻲ ﻧﻪ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻤﯿﺖ = ) ﻓﯿﺼﺪﻱ × ‪ ÷( 100‬ﻧﺮﺥ‬
‫ﻓﯿﺼﺪﻱ = )ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻤﯿﺖ × ﻧﺮﺥ ( ÷ ‪100‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﺥ = ) ﻓﯿﺼﺪﯼ × ‪ ÷ ( 100‬ﮐﻤﯿﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ‬

‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﮐﻴﻠﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﮐﯥ ‪ 250‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪‬ﻮ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ﺩﯼ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪250 g‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪250 × 100‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ r‬‬ ‫‪= 25 %‬‬
‫‪1000 g‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ 25‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ‪ 2000000‬ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ‪5%‬‬

‫ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2 000 000 × 5‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‪⇒ p‬‬ ‫‪= 100 000‬‬
‫‪2 000 000 100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﯥ ‪ 100 000‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻳﯥ ‪ 1100 000‬ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﺩﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺷﻬﺮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﯤ ﺗﺎﻧﮑﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪ 4,2 %‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪ 840 000 m 3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﯤ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪840 000 m3 4,2‬‬ ‫‪(840 000 m3 ) × 100‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‪⇒ b‬‬ ‫‪= 20 000 000 m3‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪4,2‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﮑﻌﺐ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﮐﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻓﯿﺼﺪ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻮﻫﻴ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺎﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳﺸﺘﻤﻪ )ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳﺸﺘﻮ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ( ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺫﮐﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪100 × 1‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ r‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 2,5 %‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺷﺘﻤﻨﻴﻮ ﺩ ﺫﮐﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ 2,5 %‬ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪  5 000 000‬ﺷﺘﻤﻨﯽ ﺫﮐﺎﺕ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪2.5‬‬
‫= ‪⇒z‬‬
‫‪(5 000000) × (2.5) = 12 500000 = 125000 Af‬‬
‫‪5 000000 100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﻔﯿﻒ )‪(Discount‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﯥ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻧﻮ ﺑﯿﻠﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻨﺴﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻼﻭ ﺩ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﺎ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﻏﻪ‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﻴﺮﯼ ﮐﺎﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻴﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﺩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻮﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻻ ﺷﻮﺋﯽ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪ $275‬ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯼ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻼﻭ ﮐﯥ ‪ 40%‬ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻼﻭ ﺑﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻼﻭ ﺑﻴﻪ ‪ p‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪275 × 40‬‬
‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪= $110‬‬
‫‪275‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪⇒ p = 275$ − 110$ = 165$‬‬

‫ﺑﯿﻤﻪ )‪(Insurance‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﮊﻭﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯥ ﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻮﻭﻧﮑﻮ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﻟﻮﺭﻱ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻮﯼ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯥ ﺩ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺮ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺗﻠﻮﻭﻧﮑﻮ ﮐﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻮﺭﯤ ﺩﺩﻩ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 200 000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﻩ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩﯼ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ‪ 0,2 %‬ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯽ ﺣﻖ ) ‪ ( premium‬ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻭﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯽ ﺩ ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﭘﻮﺭﯼ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺳ‪‬ﯼ ﺧﭙﻞ ﮐﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺯﯼ ﻧﻮ ‪  1 000 000‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ‪ 0,1 %‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯽ ﺣﻖ ﺍﺩﺍ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﯼ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯥ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻤﯽ ﺣﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪b×r‬‬ ‫) ‪(0.1) × (1 000 000‬‬
‫=‪p‬‬ ‫=‪⇒ p‬‬ ‫‪= 1000 Af‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﯼ ﺧﭙﻞ ﮊﻭﻧﺪ ﭘﻪ ‪ 5 000 000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪ 0.2 %‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﯥ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯼ ‪ 20‬ﮐﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﯥ ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﯼ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺗﯥ ﺷﻮﻧﻲ ﯦﯥ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫= )‪P (20‬‬
‫‪(0.2 ) × (5 000 000) × (20) = 100 000 Af‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﺧﻮﺭ ﭘﺎﺗﯥ ﺷﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫‪p = 5 000 000 − 100 000 = 4 900 000 Af‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺑﺢ )‪(Simple Intrest‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﺢ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻲ ﺯﻳﺮﻣﻮ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻱ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﮑﻮﻧﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﺮﯼ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮ ﻭﺧﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻳ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺍ‪‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ )ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ( ‪ ، b‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ )ﺩﻭﺧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪ ،(p‬ﻧﺮﺥ –‬
‫‪ r‬ﺍﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ‪ t‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ t‬ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩ ﺗﻴﺮﻭﻟﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ I=tp‬ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪p×t‬‬ ‫‪r ×t‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪r ×t‬‬

‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‬
‫‪b 100‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫‪b× r ×t‬‬ ‫‪I ×100‬‬ ‫‪I ×100‬‬ ‫‪I ×100‬‬
‫=‪⇒ I‬‬ ‫=‪, b‬‬ ‫=‪, r‬‬ ‫=‪, t‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪r ×t‬‬ ‫‪b×t‬‬ ‫‪b× r‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
 ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻝ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ‪‬ﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ $750‬ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺑﺢ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺮﺥ ﻳﯥ ‪ 4%‬ﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪750 × 4 × 0,5‬‬
‫= ‪b = $750 , r = 4% , t‬‬ ‫‪= 0,5 y‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‪I‬‬ ‫‪= $15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺴﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫‪S = p + I = 750 + 15 = $ 765‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺰﯾﻞ )‪(Depreciation‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩ ﻓﺰﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻭ )ﻟﮑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ( ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩ ﺑﻴﻮ‬
‫‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﯽ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﮎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺑﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻳﺪﻭ ‪‬ﻮ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﻮ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮐﻤﻪ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﺳﻮﺩﺍ‪‬ﻴﺮﯼ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﻩ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻮﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﺧﭙﻞ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ‪‬ﻱ ﺗﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬
‫ﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺴﻮ ﺗﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯽ ﭘﻴﺴﯥ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺷﺮﻁ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﯥ ﺩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﯥ ﮐﻤﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﻮﻱ ﭘﻴﺴﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺘﻦ ﻳﯥ ﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩ ﺳﻨﺪ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﯥ( ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪ )ﺣﻮﺍﻟﯥ( ﻟﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻏﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻧﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﺗﻮﭘﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺭﺑﺢ ﮐﯥ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﮐﻤﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺑﺢ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺭﺑﺢ ) ‪ (I‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ) ‪ (d‬ﭘﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪b×r ×t‬‬ ‫‪d × 100‬‬ ‫‪d × 100‬‬ ‫‪d × 100‬‬

‫=‪⇒ d‬‬ ‫=‪, b‬‬ ‫=‪, r‬‬ ‫=‪, t‬‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪r ×t‬‬ ‫‪b×t‬‬ ‫‪b×r‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻪ ‪ $4000‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺯ‪‬ﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺋﯥ ‪ 6‬ﮐﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺸﭙ‪‬ﮐﻴﺪﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻪ ‪ $400‬ﺗﻪ ﮐﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻟﻨﯽ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ﺩﯼ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪b = 4000$ , t = 6 year , d = 4000 − 400 = $3600‬‬

‫‪d × 100 3600 × 100‬‬
‫=‪⇒r‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 15%‬‬
‫‪b×t‬‬ ‫‪4000 × 6‬‬

‫)‪(Compound Intrest‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﺒﻪ ﺭﺑﺢ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺭﺑﺢ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﺭﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻱ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﯥ ‪‬ﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻭﺧﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﻭﺭﻭ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﺊ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ – ‪ p‬ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﻭﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ، i‬ﺩﻭﺧﺖ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ – ‪ n‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪n‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻭ ﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ – ‪ s‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﻳﮑﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫) ‪= P(1 + i‬‬ ‫⇔‬ ‫= ‪P‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪(1 + i )n‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺒﻪ ﺭﺑﺢ ﭘﻮﺭﯤ ﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯥ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻟﮑﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻧﯽ ﻏﺪﻭ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ 2 000 000 .‬ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ 10%‬ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﮐﯥ ﺍﻳ‪‬ﻮﺩﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﺷﻲ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪P = 2 000 000 Af‬‬ ‫= ‪, i = 10%‬‬ ‫‪= 0,1 , n = 5 year‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪S = 2000000(1 + 0,1) = 2000000(1,1) = 20000000× 1,61051 = 20161052Af‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳ‪‬ﺖ ﮐﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﻣﺨﻪ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺟﻤﻌﻴﺖ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ‪ 2%‬ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺩﯼ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﯼ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪p = 15000000 , r = 2 %‬‬ ‫‪= 0 .02‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪S = p (1 + r ) 40 = 15000000 (1 + 0.02 ) 40 ≈ 33000000 .‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﯼ ﻋﺎﻣﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪1. 6 % , 2. 40% , 3.‬‬ ‫‪% , 4. 16,25% , 5. 25%‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪43‬‬
‫‪6. 0.45 , 7. 0,125 , 8. 0,00875 , 9.‬‬ ‫‪, 10.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻱ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺩ ‪ 72‬ﺩﻳﺮﺵ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ‪ .12 ،‬ﺩ ﺍﻭﻳﺎﻭﻭ ﺯﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻠﻮﻭﻳﺸﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺩ ﺍﺗﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷﻞ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ‪ .14 ،‬ﺩ ‪ 7‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮﺱ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﻧﺎﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪101‬‬
 ‫ﻓﯿﺼﺪﯼ ﻧﺮﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﻤﯿﺖ )ﺍﺳﺎﺱ( ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﮐﻤﯿﺖ )ﻓﯿﺼﺪﯼ(‬ ‫ﺩ ﺳﻮאﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫‪%30‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪72‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪%12 12‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪$350‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫‪%3,75‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪$300‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪250‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪310‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪900‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬
‫‪%30‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬
‫‪%80‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪735‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬
‫‪%2 12‬‬ ‫‪89‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬

‫‪ .21‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺳﺖ ﺗﻴﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﭼﯥ ‪ 640$‬ﺑﻴﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭘﻪ ‪ 14 %‬ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪،‬‬

‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻼ ﺑﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﯼ؟‬
‫‪ .22‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 750$‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻨﯽ ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪ %6‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .23‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﺳ‪‬ﻱ ﮐﺎﻟﻨﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ‪ $9500‬ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ %20‬ﺩ ﮐﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺍﻳﻪ‪ %25 ،‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ %10 ،‬ﮐﺎﻟ‪ %5 ،‬ﺩﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ %2 ،‬ﺭﻭﻏﺘﻴﺎﺋﯽ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ %9‬ﺩ ﺳﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‪ %19 ،‬ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﺗﯥ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻣﻌﺎﺵ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﮐﺎﻟﻨﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪ .24‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩ ‪ 800‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺎﻟ‪‬ﯽ‪ 1500 ،‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ‪700‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻘﺮﯤ ﮐﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺪﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪ .25‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻪ ‪ 35‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ 64‬ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐ‪‬ﻳﺪﯼ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺋﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻱ؟‬

‫‪102‬‬
‫‪ .26‬ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﯽ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﯽ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ‪ 3 %‬ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻳﯥ‬
‫‪ $98230‬ﻭﻭ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯼ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪ .27‬ﻳﻮ ﻋﻼﻑ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﻏﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﻦ ﭘﻪ ‪  97.9‬ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﻩ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﺩ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﮐﺮﺍﻳﻪ ‪ ،  9390‬ﺩ ﺍﻳ‪‬ﻮﺩﻟﻮ ﺍﻭﺟﻮﺭﻩ ﺋﯽ ‪  2015‬ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﻴﺸﻦ ﺋﯥ ‪3 %‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻏﻠﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻋﺎﻳﺪ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﺉ؟‬
‫‪ .28‬ﺩ ‪ 15000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪ 4%‬ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﮐﺎﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫‪ .29‬ﺩ ‪  24000‬ﺭﺑﺢ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪ 3%‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻠﺴﻮ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫‪ . 30‬ﮐﻮﻣﻪ ﭘﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﮐﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪ 4%‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺗﻮ ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪  2000‬ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .31‬ﺩ ﺭﺑﺢ ﭘﻪ ﮐﻮﻡ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺩ ‪ 18000‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﺎﺷﺘﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻟﺴﻮ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪400‬‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ؟‬
‫‪ . 32‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 5000‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﻮ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺩ ‪ 5%‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 2500‬ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .33‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ 72‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻭﻋﺪﯤ ﺗﻪ ﭘﺎﺗﯥ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ‪ %5‬ﻟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺘﻦ ﺗﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪ 1485‬ﺗﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﯥ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫‪ .34‬ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﯥ ﺍﻭﺳﻨﯽ ﺑﻴﻪ ﺩ ‪ 4%‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ‪1711,4‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪ 1720‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺩﯼ؟‬

‫‪103‬‬
 ‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ‪‬ﭙﺮﮐﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ )‪(Algebraic Expressions‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻮ )ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ( ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪3x 2 − 5xy + 2 y 3‬‬ ‫) ‪(I‬‬ ‫‪, 25a 2 bc3‬‬ ‫) ‪(II‬‬
‫‪5xy + 3z‬‬ ‫‪a + b − c2‬‬
‫) ‪(III‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(IV‬‬
‫‪2a 3 − c 2‬‬ ‫‪x 2 + 4 yz‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ )‪(Term‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻼ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪xy‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ab‬‬ ‫‪، 64 x 2 yz‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪abc‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ )‪(Monomial‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﯤ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ab‬‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪، − 9 xy ، 2a 2 b 3 c 4‬‬
‫‪xy‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ )‪(Binomial‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺩﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪ axy +‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ 5 xy − 8 z 4 ، a + b‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪xy‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺭﯤ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ )‪(Trinomial‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺩﺭﯤ ﺣﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪xy‬‬
‫‪ 4 x 2 + 5 xy 2 − 78 xyz ، x 2 −‬ﺍﻭ ‪. a + b − c‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪+ 3a‬‬
‫‪z‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ )‪(Multinomial‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﯼ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﯾ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ ‪ 3 x 2 + 5 xy 2 − 7 xyz ، 7 x + 6 y‬ﺍﻭ ‪a + b + c‬‬

‫ﺿﺮﯾﺐ )‪(Co eficient‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺣﺪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ 5x‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﺣﺪ ﮐﯥ ‪ 5x‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺩ ‪ xy 2‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺿﺮﯾﺐ )‪(Numerical coeficient‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﺣﺪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ 3xy 3 z 2 ، 6 xy 3 z 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ − 18 xy 3 z 2‬ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ )‪(Variable‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻛﯥ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﺩ ‪ 5 x 2 − y‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﯽ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﺷﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﯼ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ x‬ﻫﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻠﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭﮐﯥ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻴﺪﻻﯼ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ ax 2 + bx + c‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ‪ b ، a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﻭﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﯿﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i ) P ( x ) = 3x − 8 x + 9 + 5 x − 4 x‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪(ii ) Q ( x, y ) = x − 2 x y + y‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪(iii ) R ( x ) = x + x − x + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺮﻑ ) ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ( ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻭﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮﯼ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻭ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ) ‪ Q ( x , y‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ − 2 x 2 y 4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ y‬ﺗﻪ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 6‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﮐﯽ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻮ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 5‬ﺩ ) ‪ Q ( x, y‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ‬
‫‪ ،3‬ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ y‬ﺗﻪ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺗﻪ ) ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ( ‪ 6‬ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ) ‪ R ( x‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﯿﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻰ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﻪ ﺧﻄﻰ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺪﺍ ﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ‪ ax m y n‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ m‬ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﺗﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﻱ‪ . a ≠ 0 ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩ ‪ m + n‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪(i ) P( x, y ) = x y − 8 x y − 8 x + 9‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪(ii ) Q ( x, y ) = x − 2 xy + y‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪(iii ) R( x, y ) = 5x − 3x y − 4 xy + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ) ‪ P( x, y‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‪ 5‬ﺩ ) ‪ Q( x‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ) ‪ R( x‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬

‫ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﮐﻴﺪﻻﯼ ﺷﻲ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﭼﭗ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ‪‬ﻳﺮﻳ‪‬ﻱ )ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﮐﻮﻱ( ﻳﺎ ﮐﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ )ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﮐﻮﻱ(‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﯼ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ‬

‫‪P ( x ) = a0 x 4 + a1 x 3 + a2 x 2 + a3 x + a4‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯽ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬

‫‪Q ( x ) = b0 + b1 x + b2 x 2 + b3 x 3 + b4 x 4‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻪ ﺑﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻭ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻯ ﺩﺍ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺩﺍ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻮ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻋﺪﺩﯼ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ) ‪ P (a‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ‪ a‬ﮐﯥ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = x 2 − 6 x + 8‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ 4 ،2 ،0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 10‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪P (0) = 0 2 − 6 × 0 + 8 = 8‬‬

‫‪P (2 ) = 2 2 − 6 × 2 + 8 = 0‬‬
‫‪P (4 ) = 4 2 − 6 × 4 + 8 = 0‬‬
‫‪P (10 ) = 10 2 − 6 × 10 + 8 = 48‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﯿﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ )ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﻮﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺩ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = 5 x 2 + x − 8‬ﺍﻭ ‪ Q ( x ) = 3x + 2‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﺭﻭﺵ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪P ( x ) + Q ( x ) = (5 x 2 + x − 8) + (3x + 2 ) = 5 x 2 + ( x + 3x ) + (− 8 + 2‬‬
‫‪⇒ P(x ) + Q (x ) = 5x 2 + 4 x − 6‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﯼ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫‪P(x ) = 5x + x − 8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫= ) ‪Q (x‬‬ ‫‪3x + 2‬‬

‫‪P + Q = 5x 2 + x − 8‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 3 + 3x 2 + 8 ، 3x 3 + 5x 2 − 4 x‬ﺍﻭ ‪− x 2 − x − 2‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪3x 3 + 5x 2 − 4 x‬‬
‫‪x 3 + 3x 2‬‬ ‫‪+8‬‬
‫‪− x2 − x − 2‬‬
‫‪3x 3 + 7 x 2 − 6 x + 6‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ) ‪ Q ( x‬ﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ]) ‪ P( x ) + [− Q ( x‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2 x 3 − 4 x 2 + 8 − x‬ﺩ ‪ 5 x 4 + x − 3x 2 − 9‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫‪5 x 4 + 0 x 3 − 3x 2 + x − 9‬‬
‫‪± 2x3 ∓ 4x2 ∓ x ± 8‬‬
‫‪5 x 4 − 2 x 2 + x 2 + 2 x − 17‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪B = 3x − 2 y + 5z‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪، A = 2 x + 3 y − 4 z‬‬
‫‪ C = 3 y − 5x − z‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﺊ ﺩ ‪ 3 A − 2 B + C‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪3 A − 2 B + C = 3(2 x + 3 y − 4 z ) − 2(3x − 2 y + 5z ) + (3 y − 5x − z‬‬
‫‪= 6 x + 9 y − 12 z − 6 x + 4 y − 10 z + 3 y − 5 x − z‬‬
‫‪= 6 x − 6 x − 5 x + 9 y + 4 y + 3 y − 12 z − 10 z − z‬‬
‫‪⇒ 3 A − 2 B + C = −5 x + 16 y − 23z‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ 3x 3 + 8 x 2 + x‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ 4 x 3 − x 2 + 2 x − 7 .‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‬

‫‪ 2 x 3 − 3x 2 − 6‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪3x 3 + 8 x 2 + x‬‬
‫‪2 x 3 − 3x 2 + 0 x − 6‬‬
‫‪5x 3 + 5x 2 + x − 6‬‬
‫‪± 4x 3 ∓ x 2 ± 2x ∓ 7‬‬
‫‪x 3 + 6x 2 − x + 1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫‪‬ﻮ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪x = xxx ... x‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫دﻓﻌﻪ‬ ‫‪n‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫ﺩﺍ ) ‪ x‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﯤ ‪ n‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ( ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ x‬ﺗﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ )ﺍﺳﺎﺱ( ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﺗﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ m‬ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﺍﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪1. xm xn = xm+n , 2.‬‬ ‫) ‪(x‬‬
‫‪m n‬‬
‫‪= xmn , 3.‬‬ ‫)‪(xy‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬
‫‪= xn y n‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪xm‬‬ ‫‪⎛ x ⎞ xn‬‬
‫‪4. n = x , m > n , 5. ⎜ ⎟ = n , m , n ∈ IN‬‬
‫‪m−n‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪⎝ y⎠ y‬‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻮ( ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪x 3 x 5 = ( xxx‬‬ ‫= ) ‪) ( xxxxx‬‬ ‫‪xxxxxxxx‬‬ ‫‪= x 8 = x 3+ 5‬‬

‫‪2.‬‬ ‫= ‪( x ) = x x x = ( xx )( xx )( xx ) = xxxxxx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x 6 = x 2 .3‬‬
‫‪3 . ( xy ) = ( xy )( xy )( xy ) = ( xxx )( yyy ) = x y‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﺎﻭﯤ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮐﯥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻟ‪‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﭘﺮﺍﺧﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ‪ x m x n = x m+n‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = x 2 − 7 x + 4‬ﺍﻭ ‪ Q ( x ) = 5 x 3 + x 2 − 2 x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪P ( x ) Q ( x ) = ( x 2 − 7 x + 4 ) (5 x 3 + x 2 − 2 x‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
= (5x 5 + x 4 − 2 x 3 ) + (−35x 4 − 7 x 3 + 14x 2 ) + (20x 3 + 4 x 2 − 8x)
⇒ P( x ) Q ( x ) = 5x 5 − 34 x 4 + 11x 3 + 18x 2 − 8 x

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬

5x 3 + x 2 − 2 x
x2 − 7x + 4
5x 5 + x 4 − 2 x 3
− 35 x 4 − 7 x 3 + 14 x 2
20 x 3 + 4 x 2 − 8 x
5 x 5 − 34 x 4 + 11x 3 + 18 x 2 − 8 x
⇒ P ( x ) Q ( x ) = 5 x 5 − 34 x 4 + 11x 3 + 18 x 2 − 8 x

‫ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ‬Q ( x ) = 7 x 2 − 10 x + 4 ‫ ﺍﻭ‬P ( x ) = 2 x − 1 ‫ ﺩ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬10

.‫ﻲ‬‫ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
P( x ) Q ( x ) = (2 x − 1) (7 x 2 − 10 x + 4 )
= (14 x 3 − 20 x 2 + 8 x ) + ( −7 x 2 + 10 x − 4)
= 14 x 3 − 27 x 2 + 18x − 4

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬R ( x ) ‫ ﻭ‬Q( x ) ، P( x ) ‫ﺩ‬
1. P (x ) Q (x ) = Q (x ) P (x )
2 . [P ( x ) Q ( x )] R ( x ) = P ( x ) [Q ( x ) R ( x )]
3 . P ( x ) [Q ( x ) + R ( x )] = P ( x ) Q ( x ) + P ( x )Q ( x )
3. P (x ) . 1 = P (x )

112
 ‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩ )‪ P(x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ )‪ D(x‬ﭘﺮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‪ ،‬ﻟﮑﻪ ﺩ ‪ p‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ‪d‬‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ )‪ Q(x‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ )‪R(x‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ )‪ ،P(x‬ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )‪ ،D(x‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ )‪ Q(x‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ )‪ R(x‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫) ‪P( x ) = Q ( x ). D ( x ) + R( x‬‬
‫)‪P( x‬‬ ‫) ‪R( x‬‬
‫‪= Q( x) +‬‬ ‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫) ‪D( x‬‬ ‫) ‪D( x‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪D( x ) = x − 2‬‬ ‫‪P ( x ) = 2 x 4 + 3x 2 − x 2 − 1‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪2 x 3 + 7 x 2 + 13x + 26‬‬

‫‪x − 2 2 x 4 + 3x 3 − x 2‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪± 2x4 ∓ 4x3‬‬
‫‪7x3 −‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪± 7 x 3 ∓ 14 x 2‬‬
‫‪13x 2‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪± 13x ∓ 26 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪26 x − 1‬‬
‫‪± 26 x ∓ 52‬‬
‫‪51‬‬

‫‪113‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪2 x 4 + 3x 3 − x 2 − 1 = (2 x 3 + 7 x 2 + 13x + 26) ( x − 2 ) + 51‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﯾﺎ‬

‫‪2 x 4 + 3x 3 − x 2 − 1‬‬ ‫‪51‬‬

‫‪= 2 x 3 + 7 x 2 + 13 x + 26 +‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬ ‫‪x−2‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P( x) = x − 8‬ﭘﺮ ‪ D(x ) = x −2‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛ‪‬ﺉ‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪x − 2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪± x3 ∓ 2x2‬‬
‫‪2x2‬‬ ‫‪−8‬‬
‫‪± 2x2 ∓ 4x‬‬
‫‪4x − 8‬‬
‫‪± 4x ∓ 8‬‬
‫×‬

‫‪x3 − 8‬‬
‫⇔ ) ‪⇒ x − 8 = (x + 2 x + 4 ) ( x − 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= x2 + 2x + 4‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﻀﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ) ‪ P(x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ‪ x − a‬ﭘﺮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩ‬
‫) ‪ P(a‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺩ ) ‪ P(x‬ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺩ ‪ x − a‬ﭘﺮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ) ‪Q (x‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﯥ ‪ R‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫‪P( x ) = ( x − a ) Q ( x ) + R‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ x = a‬ﺍﻳ‪‬ﺩ ﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪P( a ) = (a − a ) Q ( x ) + R ⇒ P (a ) = 0.Q ( x ) + R ⇒ P (a ) = R‬‬

‫‪ 13‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ p(x ) = x −3x + 2x + 7‬ﭘﺮ ‪ x −3‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ‪P(3) = 32 −3.32 + 2.3+7 =13‬‬

‫‪ 14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ P ( y ) = y 3 − 125‬ﭘﺮ ‪ y − 5‬ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ‪P(5) =53 −125=0‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﻪ ‪ x = a‬ﮐﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‬
‫)‪ ( P(a) = 0‬ﻧﻮ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﭘﻪ ‪ x-a‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻮﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﺉ ‪ ) .‬ﺩ ‪x − a‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﻳﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﯼ (‬

‫) ‪P( x ) = ( x − a ) Q( x ) + P(a ) , P(a ) = 0 ⇒ P( x ) = ( x − a ) Q( x‬‬

‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻰ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = x 2 − 5 x + 6‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ‪ x − 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x − 3‬ﭘﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪P (2 ) = 2 2 − 5.2 + 6 = 0 , P (3) = 32 − 5.3 + 6 = 0‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪ P ( x ) = x 2 − 5 x + 6‬ﭘﺮ ‪ x − 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x − 3‬ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺒﻲ ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ )ﺩ ﻫﻮﺭﻧﺮ‪ 1‬ﺭﻭﺵ(‬
‫ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = a n x + a n −1 x + ... + a1 x + a 0‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ‪x − a‬‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n −1‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ‪a ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻣﺦ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﮐﺮ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪an‬‬ ‫‪an−1‬‬ ‫‪an−2‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪a0‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬

‫‪a an‬‬ ‫‪aαn−1‬‬ ‫‪... aα3 aα2‬‬ ‫‪aα1‬‬
‫‪an‬‬ ‫‪αn−1‬‬ ‫‪αn−2‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫‪α2‬‬ ‫‪α1‬‬ ‫)‪α0 = R = P(a‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪α 0 = a 0 + aα 1 , α 1 = a1 + aα 2 , ... , α n −1 = a n −1 + aa n‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ ،..... ، α n −2 ، α n −1 ، α n = an‬ﺍﻭ ‪ α1‬ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩ )‪ P( x‬ﺩﺩﺭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮐﻤﻪ ﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ‪ α 0‬ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P (x ) = 2x 3 + x 2 − 6x + 9‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪ x − 3‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪Q ( x ) = 2 x 2 + 7 x + 15‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪R = 54 = p (3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Horner‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫‪ 17‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ p (x ) = x 4 − 81‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪ x − 3‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ‪p (x ) = x 4 + 0x 2 + 0x − 81‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ q( x ) = x 3 + 3x 2 + 9 x + 27‬ﺍﻭﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺮﺩﯼ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 18‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = 2 x 4 + 5 x 3 + 4 x + 7‬ﭘﻮﻟﯿﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪ x + 3‬ﺗﻘﺴﯿﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪(− 3‬‬
‫‪− 6 3 − 9 15‬‬
‫‪2 − 1 3 − 5 22‬‬
‫‪Q ( x ) = x 3 − x 2 + 3x − 5‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫)‪R = 22 = P(− 3‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻗﯿﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ‪‬ﯧﻨﻮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺟﻤﻠﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬ ‫‪+ b ) = a 2 + 2 ab + b 2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬ ‫‪− b ) = a 2 − 2 ab + b 2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬ ‫‪+ b ) − (a − b ) = 4 ab‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
4. (a + b) + (a − b) = 2(a + b )
2 2 2 2

5. (a + b + c ) = a + b + c + 2ab + 2ac + abc

2 2 2 2

6. (a + b)(a − b) = a − b 2 2

7. (a + b)
3
= a 3 + 3a 2 b + 3ab2 + b3 = a 3 + b3 + 3ab(a + b)
8. (a − b)
3
= a 3 − 3a 2b + 3ab2 − b3 = a 3 − b3 + 3ab(a − b)
9. (a + b )(a − ab + b ) = a + b
2 2 3 3

10 . (a − b )(a + ab + b ) = a − b 2 2 3 3

11 . (a + b )(a − a b + ab − b ) = a + b
2 2 2 3 4 4

12 . (a − b )(a + a b + ab + b ) = a − b
2 2 2 3 4 4

13. (a + b + c)(a + b + c − ab− bc − ca) = a + b + c − 3abc

2 2 2 3 3 3

14. (a − b) + (b − c) + (c − a) = 2(a + b + c − ab− bc − ca)

2 2 2 2 2 2

15. (a + b )(c + d ) = ac + ad + bc + bd
16. ( x + a )( x + c ) = x + (a + b )x + bd 2

17. (ax + b )(cx + d ) = acx + (ad + bc )x + bd 2

18. (a − b)(a + a b + a b + + ab + b ) = a − b
n−1 n−2 n−3 2 n−2 n−1 n n

19. (a + b)(a − a b + a b − − ab + b ) = a − b
n−1 n−2 n−3 2 n−2 n−1 n n

118
 ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ (1005) .‬ﺍﻭ )‪(195‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(1005‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= (1000 + 5) = (1000 ) + 2(1000 )(5) + 52‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪= 1000 000 + 10 000 + 25 = 1 010 025‬‬

‫)‪(195‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= (200 − 5 ) = (200 ) − 2 (200 )(5 ) + 5 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪= 40 000 − 2 000 + 25 = 38 025‬‬

‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a + b = 7‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ab = 12‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ a 2 + b2‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪(a + b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= a 2 + 2ab + b 2‬‬
‫‪⇒ a 2 + b 2 = (a + b ) − 2ab = 7 2 − 2 × 12 = 25‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a + b = 7‬ﺍﻭ ‪ a − b = 1‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ 4ab ، a 2 + b2‬ﺍﻭ‬

‫) ‪ 8ab(a 2 + b 2‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪2(a 2 + b 2 ) = (a 2 + b 2 ) + (a 2 − b 2 ) = 7 2 + 12 = 50‬‬
‫‪4ab = (a 2 + b 2 ) − (a 2 − b 2 ) = 7 2 − 12 = 48‬‬
‫‪8ab(a 2 + b 2 ) = (4ab)2(a 2 + b 2 ) = (48)(50) = 2400‬‬

‫‪ 22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ (2a − 3b + 4c‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 (2a − 3b + 4c ) = [(2a ) + (− 3b) + (4c )]
2 2

= (2a ) + (− 3b) + (4c ) + 2(2a )(− 3b) + 2(2a )(4c ) + 2(− 3b)(4c )
2 2 2

= 4a 2 + 9b2 + 16c 2 − 12ab + 16ac − 24bc

‫ﯼ؟‬‫( ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﻣﺤﺎ ﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‬4 x − 3) ‫( ﺍﻭ‬5 x + 3 y ) ‫ ﺩ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬23

3 3

:‫ﺣﻞ‬
(5 x + 3 y ) 3
= (5 x ) + 3(5 x ) (3 y ) + 3(5 x )(3 y ) + (3 y )
3 2 2 2

= 125 x 3 + 225 x 2 y + 135 xy 2 + 27 y 3

(4 x − 3) 3
= (4 x ) − 3(4 x ) (3) + 3(4 x )(3) − (3)
3 2 2 2

= 64 x 3 − 144 x 2 + 108 x − 27

‫ﺉ؟‬‫( ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐ‬3a + 2b )(9a 2 − 6ab + 4b 2 ) ‫ ﺩ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬24

:‫ﺣﻞ‬
(3a + 2b )(9a 2
− 6ab + 4b 2 ) = (3a + 2b ) (3a ) − (3a )(2b ) + (2b ) [ 2 2
]
= (3a ) + (2b ) = 27a 3 + 8b 3
3 3

‫ﺉ؟‬‫ ( ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐ‬x + 5)( x − 5)(x 2 − 5 x + 25)(x 2 + 5 x + 25) ‫ ﺩ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬25
:‫ﺣﻞ‬
(x + 5)(x − 5)(x − 5 x + 25)(x + 5 x + 25) =
2 2

= ( x + 5)(x − 5 x + 25)( x − 5)(x + 5 x + 25)

2 2

= (x + 125)(x − 125) = (x ) − (125) = x − 15625 3 2

3 3 3 6

120
 ‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ )‪(Factoring‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﯽ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ‪ P‬ﭘﺮ ‪ D‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ‪ p‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ D‬ﻣﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫‪ Multiple‬ﺍﻭ ‪ D‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ p‬ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ )‪ (factor‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ )‪ (Divisor‬ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬
‫= ‪= M ⇔ P = MD ⇔ D‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﻨﯥ ‪ M‬ﻫﻢ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﻳﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫) ‪6 x 2 − 5 xy + 6 y 2 = (2 x − 3 y )(3x − 2 y‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ 2 x − 3 y‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 3x − 2 y‬ﺩ ‪ 6 x 2 − 5 xy + 6 y 2‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﻗﺎﺳﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺍﻟﻌﮑﺲ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻨﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ‪ 2x-3y‬ﺍﻭ ‪.3x-2y‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ـﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ـﺮ ﮐـ‬
‫ـﺮﯼ‪ .‬ﭘـﻪ ﺳـ‬ ‫ـﺘﺮﮎ ﻋﺎﻣـﻞ ﻟـ‬ ‫ـﯽ ﻣﺸـ‬ ‫ـﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳـﻪ ﭼـ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐـﻮ ﺍﻓـ‬
‫) ‪ ab + ac = a (b + c‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻛﻮﻟﻮ ﻛﯥ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 26‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫)‪6x2 − 2x3 = 2x2 ( y − 2x‬‬
‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫) ‪6a 2 bx + 6a 2 by = 6a 2 b( x + y‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺗﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ a 2 − b 2 = (a − b )(a + b‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩ ﺩﺍ‬

‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
 ‫‪ 27‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫)‪x − 25 = x − 5 = ( x − 5)( x + 5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫) ‪4 x 2 − 9 y 2 = (2 x ) − (3 y ) = (2 x − 3 y )(2 x + 3 y‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳــﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﮐــﺎﻣﻠﯥ ﻣﺮﺑــﻊ ﺩ ﺍﻓــﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﺠﺰﻳــﻪ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻓــﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳــﻪ ﺩ‬
‫‪ (a ± b ) = a 2 ± 2ab + b 2‬ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 28‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫)‪x 2 + 6 x + 9 = ( x + 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫) ‪9 x 2 − 12 xy + 4 y 2 = (3x + 2 y‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ax 2 + bx + c‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺷﺶ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ b‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩ ‪ ac‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻠﻰ ﺷﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪( x + a )( x + c ) = x + (a + b )x + bd‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪(ax + b )(cx + d ) = acx + (ad + bc )x + bd‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 29‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪3 x + 14 x + 8 = 3 x + (12 + 2 )x + 8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪= 3 x ( x + 4 ) + 2( x + 4 ) = (3 x + 2 )( x + 4‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
 ‫‪= 12 x 2 + 5 x − 2 = 12 x 2 + (8 − 3)x − 2‬‬
‫) ‪= 12 x 2 + 8 x − 3x − 2 = 4 x (3x + 2 ) − (3x + 2‬‬
‫) ‪= (4 x − 1)(3x + 2‬‬

‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﻭﭖ ﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﭘﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﻴﻨﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﻲ‬
‫) ‪ac + bc + ad + bd = (a + b )c + (a + b )d = (a + b )(c + d‬‬

‫‪ 30‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪2ax − 4bx + ay − 2by = (a − 2b)2 x + (a − 2b) y = (a − 2b)(2 x + y‬‬
‫ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ a n ± b n‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 31‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫) ‪x 3 + 27 = x 3 + 33 = ( x + 3)( x 3 − 3x + 9‬‬
‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫)‪8 x 3 y 3 − 1 = (2 xy ) − 1 = (2 xy − 1)(4 x 2 y 2 + 2 xy + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫)‪(iv‬‬ ‫)‪x 4 − 81y 4 = (x 2 ) − 92 = (x 2 − 9)(x 2 + 9) = ( x − 3)( x + 3)( x 2 + 9‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺭﻭﺵ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 32‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫) ‪x 4 + 4 = (x 2 ) + 2 2 = (x 2 ) + 4 x 2 + 2 2 − 4 x 2 = (x 2 + 2 ) − (2 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪= (x 2 + 2 − 2 x )(x 2 + 2 + 2 x ) = (x 2 − 2 x + 2 )(x 2 + 2 x − 2‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪4a 4 + 8a 2 b 2 + 9b 4 = (2a 2 ) + 2(2a 2 )(3b 2 ) + (3b 2 ) − 4a 2 b 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫) ‪= (2a 2 + 3b 2 ) − (2ab ) = (2a 2 + 3b 2 − 2ab )(2a 2 + 3b 2 + 2ab‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﻢ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﯥ ﻗﻀﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ‬
‫‪ x = a‬ﮐﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻱ ‪ ، P(a ) = 0‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ‪ x − a‬ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﻳﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﺮ ‪ x − a‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 33‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪P ( x ) = x 3 + 3x 2 + 4 x − 28 ⇒ P (2 ) = 2 3 + 3(2 ) + 4(2 ) − 28 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻧﻮ ‪ x − 2‬ﺩ ) ‪ P( x‬ﻳﻮ ﺿﺮﺑﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻯ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻰ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪x 3 + 3x 2 + 4 x − 28‬‬
‫= )‪P(x ) ÷ (x − 2‬‬ ‫‪= x 2 + 5 x + 14‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬
‫) ‪⇒ x + 3x + 4 x − 28 = (x 2 + 5 x + 14 )( x − 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ‬

‫) ‪Highest Common Factor(HCF‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺿﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﻳﯥ ‪ ± 1‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻧﻮ‪ ،‬ﭼﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩﯼ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻏﻮ‪‬ﺘﻞ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪124‬‬
 ‫‪ 34‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 9 x 4 y 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 12 x 3 y 3‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺍ ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪9 x 4 y 2 = 32 x 4 y 2‬‬ ‫‪, 12 x 3 y 3 = 2 2 ⋅ 3x 3 y 3‬‬ ‫‪⇒ H .C.F . = 3x 3 y 2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ‬

‫)‪Lowest Common Multiple (L.C.M .‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻭﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪‬ﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻮ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭼﯥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﻴ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 35‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 9 x 4 y 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 12 x 3 y 3‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪9 x 4 y 2 = 32 x 4 y 2 , 12x 3 y 3 = 22 ⋅ 3x 3 y 3 ⇒ L.C.M . = 22 ⋅ 32 x 4 y 3 = 36x 4 y 3‬‬

‫‪ 36‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 48r 3 t 4‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 54r 2 t 6‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 60r 4 t 2‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪48r 3t 4 = 24 ⋅ 3r 3t 4‬‬
‫⎫‬
‫‪⎪ H .C.F. = 2 ⋅ 3r t = 6r t‬‬
‫‪2 2‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬

‫⇒ ⎬ ‪54r t = 2 ⋅ 3 r t‬‬
‫‪2 6‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2 6‬‬

‫⎪‪4 2‬‬
‫‪L.C.M . = 24 ⋅ 33 ⋅ 5r 4 t 6 = 2160r 4 t 6‬‬
‫⎭ ‪60r t = 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5r t‬‬
‫‪4 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫‪ 37‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ‬
‫‪ y 2 − 4 ، y 4 − 16‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y 2 − 3 y + 2‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫⎫)‪y 4 − 16 = ( y 2 + 4)( y + 2)( y − 2‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪H .C.F. = y − 2‬‬
‫)‪y 2 − 4 = ( y + 2)( y − 2‬‬ ‫⇒⎬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫)‪L.C.M . = ( y 2 + 4)( y + 2)( y − 1)( y − 2‬‬
‫⎭ )‪y − 3 y + 2 = ( y − 1)( y − 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 38‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫) ‪ 2 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5 2 ( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬ﻭ ) ‪3 ⋅ 5 2 ( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫) ‪2 3 ⋅ 32 ⋅ 5( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪3 ⋅ 52 ( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬ ‫⎫‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫) ‪H .C.F. = 3 ⋅ 5( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫⎪ ‪2‬‬
‫⇒ ⎬ ) ‪2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫) ‪L.C.M . = 23 ⋅ 32 ⋅ 52 ( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎪ ‪5‬‬
‫⎭ ) ‪2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 5 ( x + 3 y ) (2 x − y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ H‬ﺩ ‪ A‬ﺍﻭ ‪ B‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ‪ L‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﻱ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫‪= X ⇒ A = HX‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪= Y ⇒ B = HY‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ ﺩ ‪ X‬ﺍﻭ ‪ Y‬ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪L = HXY‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ HL‬‬ ‫= ) ‪(HX )(HY‬‬ ‫‪AB‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
 ‫‪⇒ HL = AB ∨ (H .C . L . ) × (L .C . M . ) = AB‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯼ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﯼ ﺩ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺨﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬

‫‪A× B‬‬ ‫‪A× B‬‬

‫= ‪(H .C.L.) × (L.C.M .) = A × B ⇔ H .C.L.‬‬ ‫= ‪⇔ L.C.M .‬‬
‫‪L.C.M .‬‬ ‫‪H .C.L.‬‬

‫‪ 39‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ A = 12 x 3 y 3‬ﺍﻭ ‪ B = 9 x 4 y 2‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪A = 12 x 3 y 3 , B = 9 x 4 y 2 ⇒ AB = (12 x 3 y 3 )(9 x 4 y 2 ) = 108 x 7 y 5‬‬
‫‪AB 108 x 7 y 5‬‬
‫= ‪L = 36 x y ⇒ H‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪4 3‬‬
‫‪= 3x 3 y 2‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪36 x y‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﺍﻭ ) ‪ Q ( x‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﯼ ﺍﻭ ‪ ، Q ( x ) ≠ 0‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫) ‪P( x‬‬
‫= ) ‪f (x‬‬
‫) ‪Q(x‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﮐﺴﺮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﯼ ﺷﮑﻞ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﺌﯥ‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﺌﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﯽ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﻲ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﯥ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬

‫‪127‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﭘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪7x‬‬ ‫‪5x‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬ ‫‪21 x + 10 x − 16 x‬‬ ‫‪15 x‬‬ ‫‪5x‬‬

‫‪41 .‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫‪a2 x2 y 12x2 y2 − a2 xy + x2 y xy(12xy − a2 + x) 12xy − a2 + x‬‬

‫‪42. 3x −‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪4y 4xy2‬‬ ‫‪4xy2‬‬ ‫‪4xy2‬‬ ‫‪4y‬‬

‫‪a2 − 2a‬‬ ‫‪3a‬‬ ‫‪5a‬‬ ‫)‪a(a − 2‬‬ ‫‪3a‬‬ ‫‪5a‬‬

‫‪43.‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+ 2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫)‪a − a − 2 6a − 4 6a + 2a − 4 (a +1)(a − 2) 2(3a − 2) 2(3a + a − 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪3a‬‬ ‫‪5a‬‬ ‫‪2a(3a −2) −3a(a +1) +5a‬‬ ‫‪3a2 −2a‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫)‪a +1 3(a −2) 2(3a −2)(a +1‬‬ ‫)‪2(3a −2)(a +1‬‬ ‫)‪2(3a −2)(a +1‬‬

‫) ‪a (3 a − 2‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫) ‪2 (3 a − 2 )(a + 1 ) 2 (a + 1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺧﭙﻞ ﻣﻨ‪‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪a c‬‬ ‫‪ac‬‬ ‫‪a c‬‬ ‫‪a d‬‬ ‫‪ad‬‬

‫‪44 .‬‬ ‫= ⋅‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪45 .‬‬ ‫= ⋅ = ÷‬
‫‪b d‬‬ ‫‪bd‬‬ ‫‪b d‬‬ ‫‪b c‬‬ ‫‪bc‬‬
‫‪24 x y z 6 x yz‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪24 x y z 7 a b c‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪4 axy‬‬
‫‪46 .‬‬ ‫÷‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⋅ 2 3 = 2 2 2‬‬
‫‪35 ab c‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪7 a b c 35 ab c 6 x yz‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5b c z‬‬

‫ﮐﺴﺮﺍﻟﮑﺴﺮ)ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﮐﺴﺮ(‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﺨﭙﻠﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﮐﺴﺮﺍﻟﮑﺴﺮ ﺑﻠﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺿﻤﻨﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 47‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﻱ؟‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪b = a ⋅ d = ad‬‬ ‫= ‪, (ii ) b‬‬
‫‪a 1‬‬
‫= ⋅‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b c‬‬ ‫‪bc‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b c‬‬ ‫‪bc‬‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫‪(iii ) a = a ⋅ b = ab‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪1 c‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪c‬‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻛﻴﺪﺍﻯ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫آﺴﺮ د‬ ‫ﺩ‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪48 .‬‬ ‫= ‪a −b = 2 ⋅ 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a −b‬‬ ‫‪a −b a −b‬‬ ‫‪(a − b )2‬‬
‫‪x+ y‬‬
‫‪49 .‬‬ ‫‪3x 2 = x + y ⋅ x = x + y‬‬
‫‪x− y‬‬ ‫) ‪3 x 2 x − y 3 x (x − y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪50.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= x +1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x +1− x‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1−‬‬ ‫‪1−‬‬ ‫‪1−‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪x +1‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﻏﯿﺮﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻭﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﺗﺎﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺋﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﻧﺸﻲ ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 51‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
 ‫‪x2 − 4x + 6‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫‪xy + z 3 − y 2 ,‬‬ ‫)‪(ii‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪a + b − 2c ,‬‬ ‫)‪(iii‬‬
‫‪2 x3 + x − 8‬‬
‫‪8x − 7 + x 2‬‬ ‫‪x+ y −x‬‬ ‫‪a+b‬‬
‫)‪(iv‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(v‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(vi‬‬
‫‪x6 − 7 x3 + 45‬‬ ‫‪x− y +z‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪a + b − 2c‬‬
‫ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪x + y − z ، a 2 + b 2 ، 7‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ‪ x 2 + 2 xy + y 2 ، 3 8‬ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﻩ ﭼﯥ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﯥ ﭘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩﯤ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻐﺎﻟﻄﻪ ﻭﻧﺸﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻳﻮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪a ≠ x±‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫‪ ، a = x ±‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ‪y‬‬
‫⇒ ‪a = x± y‬‬ ‫) ‪( a ) = (x ± y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⇒ a = x 2 + y ± 2x y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪a − x2 − y‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ ±2 x y = a − x − y ⇒ ± y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2x‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺍﺧﺮﻧﯽ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩ ‪ a + b‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x + y‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯾ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ a = x‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪ b = y‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪x+‬‬ ‫‪y =a+ b ⇔ x=a, y=b‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ‪ a ، x‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪ x = a + m‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺩ )‪ (١‬ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪x =a+m⇒a+m+‬‬ ‫‪y =a+ b ⇒ b =m+‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ ﻧـــــﻮ‬ ‫= ‪a+ b‬‬ ‫‪x+‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﮐـــــﻪ ﭼﯧـــــﺮﯤ ‪y‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫= ‪a− b‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬
‫= ‪a+ b‬‬ ‫‪x+‬‬ ‫= ‪y ⇒ a− b‬‬ ‫‪x−‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫= ‪a+ b‬‬ ‫‪x+‬‬ ‫‪y ⇒ a + b = x + y + 2 xy‬‬
‫) ‪(2‬‬
‫‪⇒ a = x + y , b = 2 xy ⇒ a − b = x + y − 2 xy‬‬
‫= ‪⇒a− b‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬ ‫)‬‫‪2‬‬
‫• ‪⇒ a− b = x− y‬‬

‫‪ .4‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a ± 2 b = x ± y‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ‪ a = x + y‬ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪ b = xy‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫= ‪a±2 b‬‬ ‫‪x±‬‬ ‫• ‪y ⇒ a = x + y , b = xy‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫) ‪(2‬‬
‫= ‪a±2 b‬‬ ‫‪x± y‬‬ ‫• ‪= x + y ± 2 xy ⇒ a = x + y , b = xy‬‬

‫‪ 52‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 12 − 2 35‬ﺟﺬﺭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ 12 − 2 35 = x + y‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪،12=X+Y‬‬
‫‪ x = 7 ، xy = 35‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y = 5‬ﻭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬

‫‪132‬‬
 ‫= ‪12 − 2 35 = 7 + 5 − 2 7 ⋅ 5‬‬ ‫(‬
‫• ‪7− 5 = 7− 5‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 53‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 18 − 8 5‬ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪18 − 8 5 = 18 − 2 ⋅ 4 5 = 18 − 2 16 ⋅ 5 = 18 − 2 80‬‬
‫= ‪= 10 + 8 − 2 80‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪− 2 10 ⋅ 8 +‬‬ ‫) ‪( 8 ) = ( 10 − 8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫‪18 − 8‬‬ ‫= ‪5‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪10 −‬‬ ‫• ‪8 ) = 10 − 8‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ √48‬ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫‪ 54‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪√45‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 8 2 15‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪48 − 45 = 3 16 − 15 = 3 4 − 15 = 3⎜⎜ −‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫⎠⎟ ‪2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪⎝2‬‬

‫⋅‪= 3‬‬
‫‪5 + 3 − 2 15‬‬
‫⋅‪= 3‬‬
‫‪5 + 3 − 2 5⋅ 3‬‬
‫⋅‪= 3‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪5− 3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪48 − 45‬‬ ‫⋅‪3‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪5− 3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪=4 2‬‬
‫‪5− 3 4 ⎛ 5‬‬
‫⎜⎜ ‪= 2‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫⎞‪3‬‬
‫•⎟‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮐﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺩﺍ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯽ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﺷﻲ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﯽ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﯿ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ √a‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ‬
‫‪ √a‬ﮐﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ √‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ √‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫√ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻳﺎ √‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ √‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫) ‪a 3 ± b 3 = (a ± b )(a 2 ∓ ab + b 2‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5⋅ 3 5 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2⋅ 2 2 2‬‬
‫‪55.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, 56.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3⋅ 3 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2⋅ 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4 ⋅3 52‬‬ ‫‪4 3 25‬‬ ‫‪4 3 25‬‬

‫‪57 .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5 ⋅3 52‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪53‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫⋅‬
‫‪x−2 y 5 x−2 y‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪5 x − 10 y‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪58.‬‬ ‫= ‪2‬‬
‫‪x+2 y x+2 y x−2 y x − 2 y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x2 − 4 y‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬

‫‪59.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫⋅‬
‫‪3+ 2 8 3+ 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪=8 3+ 2‬‬
‫(‬ ‫( )‬ ‫)‬
‫‪3− 2‬‬ ‫‪3− 2 3+ 2‬‬ ‫‪3− 2‬‬

‫‪57.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪=3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪⋅ 2‬‬
‫‪x 2 + 3 xy + 3 y 2 2 3 x 2 + 3 xy + 3 y 2‬‬
‫=‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x −3 y‬‬ ‫‪x − 3 y 3 x + 3 xy + 3 y 2‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬
‫(‬
‫‪1⋅ 3 2 + 3‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪2 + 3 3 2 + 3 3 16 + 33 4 + 9‬‬
‫‪= 3‬‬
‫(‬ ‫()‬ ‫)‬
‫‪58.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫(‬ ‫()‬
‫‪2 − 3 3 2 − 3 3 2 + 3 3 4 −3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪4 − 3 3 16 + 33 4 + 9‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫()‬ ‫)‬
‫=‬
‫‪( 2 + 3)( 16+ 3 4 + 9) = ( 2 +‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪3)( 16 + 3 4 + 9‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪4 − 27‬‬ ‫‪− 23‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻨﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪134‬‬
 ‫‪ .1‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻮﻣﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪1. y = x3 − x2 + 6x−2 , 2. z =1− x8 , 3. u = abx9 − x + cx2‬‬
‫‪2x −8‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 5x + 6‬‬
‫)‪4. P = (1+ 2x‬‬ ‫= ‪, 5. Q‬‬ ‫= ‪, 6. R‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪3x + 6‬‬ ‫‪x −2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪7. P = 1 + x 2 + 4 x 3 − x , 8. Q = (1 − x 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, 9. R = 1386‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﻭﻟﯽ ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻮ ﺷﮑﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪10. P = 4 x 4 − 3 + 2 x 3 − x, 11. Q = ax 2 + c + bx, 12. R = x 5 + x‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬

‫‪13 .‬‬ ‫) ‪3 x 2 + ( y 2 − 4 z ) − (2 x − 3 y + 4 z‬‬

‫‪14 .‬‬ ‫) ‪2 (4 xy + 3 z ) + 3( x − 2 xy ) − 4 (z − 2 xy‬‬
‫‪15 .‬‬ ‫] ‪4 x 2 − [3 x 2 − 2{y ( x − y )}+ 5 xy − 2 y 2‬‬

‫‪ .16‬ﺩ ‪، y 2 + z 2 − x 2 + 2 yz − 2 zx ، x 2 + y 2 − z 2 + 2 xy − 2 yz‬‬
‫‪ z 2 + x 2 − y 2 + 2 zx − 2 xy‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 1 − x 2 − y 2 − z 2‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪ .17‬ﺩ ‪ a + b + c − d‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻪ ‪ c − a + d − b‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪18 .‬‬ ‫) ‪(− 2ab )(4a b‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪, 19 .‬‬ ‫) ‪(− 3 x y )(4 xy )(− 2 x y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪20 .‬‬ ‫‪(x + x y + x y‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ xy 3‬‬ ‫) ‪+ y )( x − y ) , 21 . (1 + x‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﮐﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪24 x 2 y 3 z‬‬ ‫‪− 16a 4 b 6‬‬ ‫‪4a 3b 2 + 16ab − 4a 2‬‬
‫‪22.‬‬ ‫‪, 23.‬‬ ‫‪, 24.‬‬
‫‪4 xyz 2‬‬ ‫‪− 8ab 2 c‬‬ ‫‪− 2a 2 b‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
 ‫‪2 x 4 + 3x 3 − x 2 − 1‬‬ ‫‪x4 + x3 + x2 + x +1‬‬
‫‪25 .‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪26 .‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬
‫‪ .27‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ P ( x ) = 7 x 10 − 3x 3 + 1‬ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﺮ ‪ x + 1‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪ .28‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ P ( x ) = x 2 − 4 x + 9‬ﭘﺮ ‪ x + c‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ R = 14‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ c‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪29.‬‬ ‫) ‪(x − 5 x + 6 x + 4 x − 8 ) ÷ ( x − 2‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪30.‬‬ ‫) ‪(6 x − 7 x + 1) ÷ (x −‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪31.‬‬ ‫)‪(x + 32) ÷ (x − 2‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫⎞ ‪⎛ x 2 y ⎞⎛ x 2 y‬‬
‫‪32 .‬‬ ‫) ‪(ax − by‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪33 .‬‬ ‫‪⎜ +‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎜ −‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪34 .‬‬ ‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪− 4 x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⎝3‬‬ ‫‪5 ⎠⎝ 3‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪5‬‬

‫‪35.‬‬ ‫) ‪(2 x + y‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪, 36.‬‬ ‫‪(a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪− 3b2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪, 37.‬‬ ‫) ‪(x + y − z )(x − y + z‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪39 .‬‬ ‫‪9 x 2 + 24 xy + 16 y 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪40 .‬‬ ‫‪− xy − 2 yz + 2 xy 2‬‬

‫‪41 .‬‬ ‫) ‪2 x (a + b ) − 3 y (a + b‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪42 .‬‬ ‫‪x4 − 9 y2z6‬‬
‫‪43. 3x 5 − 48xy 4‬‬ ‫‪, 44. 4 x 2 + 4 x + 1 , 45. a 2 − 8a + 12‬‬
‫‪46. x 2 + 10x + 16 , 47. x 3 + 1 , 48. 8x 3 − 1 , 49. x 3 y 3 + z 3‬‬
‫‪50 . ax 2 − x 2 − 5 a + 5 , 51 . 15 − x − 2 x 2‬‬
‫‪52 . 9 x 2 − 145 xy + 16 y 2 , 53 . 12 x 2 + 32 x + 21‬‬

‫‪136‬‬
 ‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪a 3 + b3‬‬ ‫‪2x 2‬‬ ‫‪2x 2‬‬

‫‪54.‬‬ ‫‪, 55.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪(a − b )2 + ab‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − y 2 x 2 + xy‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2xy‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛ 1 1 ⎞ ⎛1 1‬‬
‫‪56.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪− 2 2 , 57. ⎜ 2 − 2 ⎟ ÷ ⎜ −‬‬
‫‪x+ y x− y x − y‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝ x y ⎠ ⎝ x y‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 1 + x 1 − x ⎞⎛ 3 x‬‬ ‫‪x2 − y 2 x + y‬‬
‫⎜ ‪58.‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎜ + − x ⎟ , 59.‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬
‫⎠ ‪⎝ 1 − x 1 + x ⎠⎝ 4x 4‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪a− b‬‬ ‫‪x+ y‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪, 63. 2x( x + y) 8‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪60.‬‬ ‫‪, 61.‬‬ ‫‪, 62. 3‬‬
‫‪a+ b‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪64. 3‬‬ ‫‪, 65. 3 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪66‬‬‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪x −3 y‬‬ ‫‪x + 3 xy + 3 y 2‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﻴﺎﻭﯤ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ )ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ( ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻱ ﺳﺮﮐﯥ ﻣﺒﻬﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺧﻮ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺰﻳﮏ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪ‬

‫‪137‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﻳﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺋﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻃﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫∈ ‪I = {x : x = ai , a‬‬ ‫}‪. i 2 = −1‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻴﮋﻧﺪﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫∈ ‪= { z : z = x + yi , x, y‬‬ ‫}‪, i 2 = −1‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻪ‬ ‫‪ x‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ﻟﻴﮑﻲ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪x := Re( z ) ,‬‬ ‫) ‪y := Im( z‬‬

‫‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬

‫ﺩ ﺳﯧﺖ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫∈ ‪∀x‬‬ ‫∈ ‪⇒ x = x + 0i‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
 ‫∈ ‪∀yi ∈ I ⇒ yi = 0 + yi‬‬
‫⊂‬ ‫⊂‪, I‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ‪ z1 = x1 + y 1i‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z 2 = x 2 + y 2 i‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪z 1 = z 2 ⇔ x1 = x 2 , y 1 = y 2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬

‫ﺩ ‪ z1 = x1 + y 1i‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z 2 = x 2 + y 2 i‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪z1 ± z 2 = ( x1 + y1i ) ± ( x 2 + y 2 i ) = ( x1 ± x 2 ) + ( y1 ± y 2 )i‬‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ z1 = 4 + 5i‬ﻭ ‪ z 2 = 2 + 3i‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪z 1 + z 2 = (2 + 3i ) + (4 + 5i ) = 6 + 8i‬‬
‫‪z 1 − z 2 = (2 + 3i ) − (4 + 5i ) = −2 − 2i‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ z1 = x1 + y1i‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z 2 = x 2 + y 2 i‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺩ ‪ i 2 = −1‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪z1 z2 = ( x1 + y1i)(x2 + y2 i) = x1 x2 + x1 y2 i + y1 x2 i + y1 y2 i 2‬‬
‫‪⇒ z1 z 2 = x1 x 2 − y1 y 2 + ( x1 y 2 + y1 x 2 )i‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯽ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻳﯥ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ i‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪i 0 = 1 , i 1 = i , i 2 = −1 , i 3 = −i‬‬
‫‪i 4 = 1 , i 5 = i , i 6 = −1 , i 7 = −i‬‬
‫‪i 4 n +1 = i , i 4 n + 2 = −1 , i 4 n +3 = −i , i 4 n = 1‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ‪ i‬ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ، − i ، 1 ، i‬ﺍﻭ ‪ − 1‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ z = x + yi‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﺩ ‪ . z = x − yi‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪z z = ( x + yi ).( x − yi ) = x 2 − ( yi ) 2 = x 2 + y 2‬‬
‫) ‪z + z = ( x + yi ) + ( x − yi ) = 2 x = 2 Re( z‬‬
‫) ‪z − z = ( x + yi ) − ( x − yi ) = 2 yi = 2 Im( z‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ z = 3 + 4i‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻟﻪ ‪ z = 3 − 4i‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪z z = (3 + 4i ) (3 − 4i ) = 9 + 16 = 25‬‬
‫‪z + z = (3 + 4i ) + (3 − 4i ) = 6‬‬
‫‪z − z = (3 + 4i ) − (3 − 4i ) = 8i‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ z1 = x1 + y1i‬ﭘﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ z 2 = x2 + y 2 i‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪z1 x1 + y1i ( x1 + y1i) ( x2 − y2i) x1 x2 − x1 y2i + y1 x2i − y1 y2i 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫)‪z2 x2 + y2i ( x2 + y2i) ( x2 − y2i‬‬ ‫‪x22 − y22 .i 2‬‬

‫‪140‬‬
 ‫‪z1 x1 x2 + y1 y 2 y1 x2 − y 2 x1‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫‪x22 + y 22‬‬ ‫‪x22 + y22‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ z1=2-3i‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ‪ z2=1+i‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪z1‬‬ ‫‪2 − 3i ( 2 − 3i ).( 1 − i ) − 1 − 5i‬‬ ‫‪1 5‬‬

‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= − − i.‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫‪1+ i‬‬ ‫) ‪(1 + i )(1 − i‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2 2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ x + yi‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪z = x2 + y2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ z1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ z2‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﺻﺤﺖ‬
‫)ﺳﻤﻮﺍﻟﯽ( ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫|‪1.    ‬‬ ‫|‬ ‫|‬ ‫‪| ، 2.‬‬ ‫‪z1 + z 2 ≤ z1 + z 2‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪z 1 − z 2 ≥ z1 − z 2 ، 4 .‬‬ ‫‪z1 z 2 = z1 z 2‬‬

‫‪z1‬‬ ‫‪z‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪= 1‬‬ ‫‪, z2 ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪z2‬‬ ‫‪z2‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ z=3+4i‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪141‬‬
 ‫‪z = 32 + 4 2 = 25 = 5.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪1.    ,  ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﺘﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺻﯿﺖ‬
‫‪2.  ‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﯾﻠﻲ‬
‫‪3.  ‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪4.  ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺯﯾﻌﻲ‬
‫‪5.   ‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪, 1.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬‬ ‫ﻋﯿﻨﯿﺖ‬
‫‪6.  ‬‬ ‫‪0 ,     .‬‬ ‫‪1,‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ‪‬ﻮﺩﻧﻪ )ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ(‬

‫ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﯤ ﻧﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺦ ﻳﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻮ ‪ z = x + yi‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯧﺖ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﭘﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﯧﺖ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﭘﺮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺧﻠﯽ‪.‬‬

‫‪142‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ) ‪ P ( x, y‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪) .‬ﺷﮑﻞ‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ θ‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ OP‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ‪ z‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ‪ 1‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ OP‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺖ ﺩ ‪ z‬ﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪) 2‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪r = x 2 + y 2 , θ = arctan‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ θ‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﯤ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ | |‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪ θ‬ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪x = r cos θ‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪y = r sin θ‬‬
‫‪y‬‬

‫‪y‬‬
‫‪R‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ ‪ θ‬ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮐﻪ‬
‫) ‪z = r (cos θ + i sin θ‬‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ z‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ )‪‬ﻮﺩﻧﻪ( ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﯽ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫‪z = 2 + 2i‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪r = 22 + 22 = 8 = 2 2‬‬

‫‪143‬‬
 ‫‪y 2‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ tan θ‬‬ ‫‪= =1⇒θ = .‬‬
‫‪x 2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬
‫‪z = 2 + 2i = 2 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟ .‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫⎠‪4‬‬

‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ z = 3 + 3i‬ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ؟‬

‫‪r = 32 +‬‬ ‫)‪( 3‬‬‫‪2‬‬

‫‪= 12 = 2 3‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫= ‪tanθ‬‬
‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫⎟⎞ ‪θ = ⇒ z = 3 + 3i = 2 3 ⎛⎜ cos + i sin‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫⎠‪6‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﺏ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫) ‪ z1 = r1 (cosθ 1 + i sin θ 1‬ﻭ ) ‪z = r (cos θ + i sin θ‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‬

‫) ‪z 1 z 2 = r1 (cos θ 1 + i sin θ 1 )r2 (cos θ 2 + i sin θ 2‬‬
‫] ‪= r1 r2 [(cosθ 1 cosθ 2 − sinθ 1 sinθ 2 ) + (sinθ 1 cosθ 2 + sinθ 2 cosθ 1 )i‬‬
‫]) ‪⇒ z 1 z 2 = r1 r2 [cos (θ 1 + θ 2 ) + i sin (θ 1 + θ 3‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ) ‪ z = r (cos θ + i sin θ‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫) ‪z = r (cos θ + i sin θ‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
 z 2 = r 2 (cos 2θ + i sin 2θ )
……
z n = r n (cos nθ + i sin nθ ) .

‫ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ‬z = r (cos θ + i sin θ ) ‫ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ‬.‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
z n = r n (cos θ + i sin θ ) ... ( I )
n

z n = r n (cos nθ + i sin nθ ) ... ( II )

‫ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬‫ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ (II ) ‫( ﺍﻭ‬I ) ‫ﺩ‬
(cos θ + i sin θ ) n = cos nθ + i sin nθ
.‫ﯼ‬‫ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‬2 ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻮﺁﻭﺭﯼ‬
‫ﺉ؟‬‫( ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‬1 + i ) 12 ‫ ﭘﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﯽ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬7
.‫ﻭ‬‫ ﭘﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺭﺍﻭ‬z = 1 + i .‫ﺣﻞ‬
1 π
r = 1+1 = 2 ‫ﻭ‬ tan θ = = 1 ⇒ θ = .
1 4
⎛ π π⎞
⇒ 1 + i = 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 2 2⎠
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬

(1 + i ) = ⎡⎢ 2(cosπ + i sin π )⎤⎥ = ⎛ π π⎞

12 12
12
( ) 12
2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎣ 4 4 ⎦ ⎝ 4 4⎠
⎛ 12π 12π ⎞
= 64⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 4 4 ⎠
⇒ (1 + i ) = 64(cos 3π + i sin 3π ) = 64( −1 + i.0) = −64
12

2
. de Moivre Abraham (1667 − 1754 )

145
 (‫ﭘﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻄﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ )ﻭﻳﺶ‬

z2 = r2 (cos θ 2 + i sin θ 2 ) ‫ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ‬z1 = r1 (cosθ 1 + i sin θ 1 ) ‫ﺩ‬

.‫ﺉ‬‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐ‬
z1 r1 (cosθ1 + i sinθ1 ) r1 (cosθ1 + i sinθ1 ) (cosθ 2 − i sinθ 2 )
= = .
z 2 r2 (cosθ 2 + i sinθ 2 ) r2 (cosθ 2 + i sinθ 2 ) (cosθ 2 − i sinθ 2 )

r1 (cosθ 1 cosθ 2 + sin θ 1 sin θ 2 ) + i (sin θ 1 cosθ 2 − cosθ 1 sin θ 2 )

= .
r2 cos 2 θ 2 + sin 2 θ 2
z r
⇒ 1 = 1 [cos (θ 1 − θ 2 ) + i sin (θ 1 − θ 2 )] .
z2 r2

12
−1+ i ⎞
.‫ﺉ‬‫⎜⎛ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛ‬ ⎟ ‫ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ ﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬8
⎝ 1+ i ⎠
1 3π
− 1 + i : r = 2 , tan θ = ⇒ θ =
−1 4
⎛ 3π 3π ⎞
⇒ −1 + i = 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 4 4 ⎠
1 π
1 + i : r = 2 , tanθ = ⇒ θ =
1 4
⎛ π π⎞
⇒ 1 + i = 2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 4 4⎠

146
 ⎛ 3π π⎞
2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
−1+ i ⎝ 4 4⎠ ⎛ 3π π ⎞ ⎛ 3π π ⎞
⇒ = = cos⎜ − ⎟ + i sin ⎜ − ⎟
1+ i ⎛ π π⎞ ⎝ 4 4⎠ ⎝ 4 4⎠
2 ⎜ cos + i sin ⎟
⎝ 4 4⎠
−1+ i ⎛ 3π π ⎞ ⎛ 3π π ⎞
⇒ = cos ⎜ − ⎟ + i sin ⎜ − ⎟
1+ i ⎝ 4 4⎠ ⎝ 4 4⎠

‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯼ‬

12
⎛ −1+ i ⎞ ⎛ ⎛π ⎞ ⎛ π ⎞⎞ ⎛ 12π ⎞ ⎛ 12π ⎞
12

⎜ ⎟ = ⎜ cos⎜ ⎟ + i sin⎜ ⎟ ⎟ = cos⎜ ⎟ + i sin⎜ ⎟

⎝ 1+ i ⎠ ⎝ ⎝ 2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠
= cos(6π ) + i sin(6π ) = cos 0 + i sin 0 = 1
.
‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺉ؟‬‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‬

1. (2 + 3i ) + (3 − 2 i ) , 2. (2 + 3i ) (2 − 3i )
3. (4 + i ) (3 + 2i ) (1 − i ) , 4. (2 − i ) 2

⎛1 + i⎞
2
⎛1 − i⎞
2
(2 i ) + i 25
3

5. ⎜ ⎟ − 2⎜ ⎟ , 6.
⎝1 − i⎠ ⎝1 + i⎠ 2i − 1

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‬

7. 2 − 2 i , 8. − 7i , 9. (1 − i ) 2
, 10. i 25

147
 ‫ﺩ ‪ z1 = 2 + 3i‬ﻭ ‪ z 2 = 5 − 2i‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪11. z1 z1‬‬ ‫‪, 12. z1‬‬ ‫‪, 13. ( z1 ) 2‬‬
‫‪14. z1 + z2‬‬ ‫‪, 15. z1 − 2 z2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, 16.‬‬ ‫) ‪(z ) + (z‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ‪ z = x + yi‬ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎛ π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬
‫⎟ ‪17. z = 5(cosπ + i sin π ) , 18. z = 3⎜ cos + i sin‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬
‫‪⎛ π‬‬ ‫⎞‪π‬‬ ‫‪⎛ 3π‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪3π‬‬
‫⎟ ‪19. z = 2⎜ cos + i sin ⎟ , 20. z = 6⎜ cos + i sin‬‬
‫‪⎝ 4‬‬ ‫⎠‪4‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫⎠‪2‬‬

‫‪148‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﭙﺮﮐﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯽ‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﯼ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺩﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫) ‪ (unknowns‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﯥ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﺖ ‪ Idetify‬ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﯾﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺩ ‪5‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪4 14 ‬‬
‫ﺧﻮ ﺩ ‪ ( x − 3)2 = x 2 − 6 x + 9‬ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= 2‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩ‬
‫‪x−2 x+2 x −4‬‬
‫‪ x = ±2‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ x = 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ‪3x + 4 = 10‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺍﻭ ‪ x = ±5‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ ‪ x 2 = 25‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 4 x − 6 = 5‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ‪ x 2 − 6 x = −8‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﹶﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﹶﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺑﻠﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 2 x − 8 = 0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x − 4 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ‪ ( x − 3)( x + 3) = 0 ، x 2 − 9 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﹶﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪ .١‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭ ﺗﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ٢‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯼ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ٤‬ﮐﻴﺪﻻﯼ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻭﯤ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯼ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﺧﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ٥‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯼ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
‫‪ . ٦‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯽ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ . ٧‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ) ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ( ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺧﭙﻞ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﭘﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﯥ )ﺭﻭﺷﻮﻧﻪ(‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺍﻭﻩ ‪‬ﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ‪‬ﻠﯽ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻨﺊ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﹶﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﯥ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﯥ ﻣﺨﺎﻣﺦ ﻟﻮﺭﯼ ﺗﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﭘﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯤ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯼ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭﻭﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬
‫ﭼﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻳﯥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻮ ﻟﺮﻭﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﯤ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺋﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﯤ‪ ،‬ﻠﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻫﻢ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻳﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬

‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ ax + b = 0‬ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ a ≠ 0 ،‬ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ax + b = 0 ⇒ ax + b + (− b ) = 0 + (− b ) ⇒ ax = −b‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫‪⇒ (ax )⎜ ⎟ = (− b )⎜ ⎟ ⇒ x = −‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝a‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ‪ x = − ab‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﻤﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﯥ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﮐﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺑﻠﯥ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﻭ ﺟﻤﻠﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﭘﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪2 ( x + 3) = 3( x − 1) ⇒ 2 x + 6 = 3 x − 3‬‬
‫‪⇒ 2 x + (− 3 x ) + 6 = 3 x + (− 3 x ) − 3‬‬
‫) ‪⇒ − x + 6 = −3 ⇒ − x + 6 + (− 6 ) = −3 + (− 6‬‬
‫‪⇒ − x = −9 ⇒ (− x )(− 1) = (− 9 )(− 1) ⇒ x = 9‬‬
‫‪x x‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛ x x‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪+ = 5 ⇒ 6⎜ + ⎟ = 6 ⋅ 5 ⇒ 2 x + 3x = 30‬‬
‫‪3 2‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝3 2‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫⋅ ‪⇒ 5 x = 30 ⇒ ⎜ ⎟(5 x ) = ⎜ ⎟ ⋅ 30 ⇒ x = 6‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ 5‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝ 5‬‬
‫‪3x‬‬ ‫‪2x 3‬‬ ‫‪⎛ 3x‬‬ ‫⎞‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ 2x 3‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫=‪+4‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪+ ⇒ 12⎜ + 4 ⎟ = 12⎜ +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3 4‬‬ ‫‪⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠‬ ‫⎠‪⎝ 3 4‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪⇒ 18 x + 48 = 8 x + 9 ⇒ 10 x = −39 ⇒ x = −‬‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫‪x − 7 x + 10‬‬ ‫‪5x − 7 9 x + 6‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫= ‪+1‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﺮ ﭼﯥ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮐﺴﺮﻱ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﮐﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻭ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ‪ 8‬ﺿﺮﺏ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪8x + 80‬‬ ‫‪72x + 48 8x + 80 72x + 48‬‬
‫‪2 x − 14 +‬‬ ‫‪+ 8 = 5x − 7 −‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪= 3x − 1‬‬
‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 8 x + 80 72 x + 48‬‬
‫⎜)‪⇒ (3 × 7 × 5‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫)‪⎟ = (3 × 7 × 5)(3x − 1‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪⇒ 40x + 400 + 216x + 144 = 315x − 105 ⇒ 544 + 105 = 315x − 256‬‬
‫‪649‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 649 = 59 x ⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪⇒ x = 11‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪6 x − 3 3x − 2‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪2x + 7‬‬ ‫‪x+5‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺟﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺮﮎ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ‬
‫)‪ (2 x + 7)( x + 5‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪(6x − 3)( x + 5) = (3x − 2)(2x + 7) ⇒ 6x 2 + 27x − 15 = 6x 2 + 17x − 14‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 10 x = 1 ⇒ x‬‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﯽ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ 2 x − 3 = 7 .‬ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ 2 x − 3‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺮﯼ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 2x-3>0‬ﻳﺎ ‪ –(2x-3)>0‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﯤ‬

‫‪154‬‬
 ‫‪⎧ 2 x − 3 = 7 ⇒ 2 x = 10 ⇒ x = 5‬‬
‫⎨ ⇒ ‪2 x − 3 = 7 ⇒ 2 x − 3 = ±7‬‬
‫‪⎩2 x − 3 = −7 ⇒ 2 x = −4 ⇒ x = −2‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ‪ x=5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x=-2‬ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 3x − 12 + 8 = 17‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪3 x − 12 + 8 = 17 ⇒ 3 x − 12 = 9 ⇒ 3 x − 12 = ±9 ⇒ 3 x = 12 ± 9‬‬
‫‪12 ± 9‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ x1‬‬ ‫‪= 7 , x2 = = 1 ⇒ x1 = 7 , x2 = 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﻨﯽ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﮐﻴﺪﺍﯼ ﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻴﻨﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺗﺮ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﯥ( ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﮐ‪‬ﯥ‬
‫ﻭﻱ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻝ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x + 3 = 8‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫⇒‪x+3 =8‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 3 = 8 2 ⇒ x + 3 = 64 ⇒ x = 61‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ‪ 61‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪2 x − 3 + 5 = 2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪155‬‬
 ‫⇒ ‪2 x − 3 + 5 = 2 ⇒ 2 x − 3 = −3‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‬
‫)‪2 x − 3 = (− 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ 2 x − 3 = 9 ⇒ 2 x = 12 ⇒ x = 6‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ‪ x = 6‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪2 x − 3 = 3x + 4‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫⇒ ‪2 x + 3 = 3x + 4‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫= ‪2x + 3‬‬ ‫( )‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3x + 4‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ 2 x + 3 = 3 x + 4 ⇒ 2 x − 3 x = 4 − 3 ⇒ x = −1‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ ax + b‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺩ ‪ ax + b‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻲ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪ ax + b = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ‪ x = − ab‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯽ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪b‬‬
‫‪ax + b = 0 ⇒ ax = −b ⇒ x = −‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﮐﻪ ‪ a > 0‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪ x = − ab‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﮐﻪ ‪ a<0‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪− ab‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪ax + b‬‬ ‫‪− − − − 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪156‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﺩ ) ∞ ‪ x ∈ (− ab ,‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ) ‪ x ∈ (− ∞,− ab‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺩﯼ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪− ab‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪ax + b‬‬ ‫‪+ + + + 0 − − − −‬‬

‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ) ∞ ‪ x ∈ (− ab ,‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ) ‪ x ∈ (− ∞,− ab‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2 x − 8‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪2 x − 8 = 0 ⇒ 2 x = 8 ⇒ x:‬‬ ‫‪=4‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ a=2>0‬ﺩﯼ ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪2x − 8‬‬ ‫‪− − − − 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x ∈ (− ∞,4 ) ⇒ 2 x − 8 < 0 ,‬‬ ‫‪x ∈ (4, ∞ ) ⇒ 2 x − 8 > 0‬‬

‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ − 3x − 18‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪− 3x − 18 = 0 ⇒ −3x = 18 ⇒ x = −6‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪−6‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪− 3x − 18‬‬ ‫‪− − − − 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x ∈ (− ∞,−6) ⇒ −3x − 18 < 0 ,‬‬ ‫‪x ∈ (− 6, ∞ ) ⇒ −3x − 18 > 0‬‬

‫‪157‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ax + b ≥ 0 , ax + b > 0‬‬
‫‪ax + b ≤ 0 , ax + b < 0‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 13‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 4 x + 9 ≤ 3‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪4x + 9 ≤ 3 ⇒ 4x + 9 − 3 ≤ 0 ⇒ 4x + 3 ≤ 0‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪⇒ 4 x ≤ −3 ⇒ x ≤ −‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩ ) ∞ ‪ x ∈ (− ab ,‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ − 4 x + 20 > 0‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪− 4 x + 20 ≤ 0 ⇒ −4 x + 20 > 0 ⇒ −4 x > −20‬‬
‫‪− 20‬‬
‫< ‪⇒ −4 x > −20 ⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪⇒ x<5‬‬
‫‪−4‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ]‪ x ∈ (− ∞ , 4‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧﯽ ﭼﯽ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ‬

‫‪158‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﭼﯥ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﻭﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻟ‪ ‬ﮐﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ax + b < c , ax + b ≤ c , ax + b > c , ax + b ≥ c‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻔﯽ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﮐﯥ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪± (ax+ b) < c , ± (ax+ b) ≤ c , ± (ax+ b) > c , ± (ax+ b) ≥ c‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﯥ ﭘﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 15‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 5 x − 15 < 10‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪5 x − 15 < 10 ⇒ ± (5 x − 15 ) < 10‬‬
‫‪⎧ 5 x − 15 < 10 ⇒ 5 x < 25 ⇒ x < 5‬‬
‫⎨⇒‬ ‫‪⇒1< x < 5‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫(‬‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫<‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ )‪ (1 , 5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 5 x − 15 ≥ 10‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻨﯽ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻭ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ 5 x − 15 < 10‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻧﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﺩ )‪ (1 , 5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫) ∞ ‪(− ∞ , 1] ∪ [5 ,‬‬

‫‪159‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫‪5 x − 15 ≥ 10 ⇒ ± (5 x − 15) ≥ 10 ⇒ 5 x − 15 ≥ 10 ∨ −(5 x − 15) ≥ 10‬‬
‫) ∞ ‪⇒ 5 x ≥ 25 ∨ −5 x ≥ −5 ⇒ x ≥ 5 ∨ x ≤ 1 ⇒ x ∈ (− ∞ , 1] ∪ [5 ,‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺒﺪﺍ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﯽ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺟﻬﺘﻮﻧﻪ )‪ 1‬ﺷﮑﻞ( ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ p‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯼ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﯼ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﯼ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩ ‪y‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﯾ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ x‬ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ P‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯼ ﯾﻮﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﯼ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﯾﻮ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﺣﻘﯿﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻭ ﺩﺳﺘ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪160‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﯤ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ‪ ( x1 . y1‬ﺍﻭ ) ‪ ( x2 , y2‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬
‫‪ x1 = x2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y1 = y 2‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻮ ﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻳﻤﯽ ﺯﺍﻭﺋﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩ ﻋﻘﺮﺑﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻣﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻧﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻮ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ) ‪ +‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ( +,−) ، (−,−) ، ( −,+ ) ،( +‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ) ‪ ( x, y‬ﺳﯧﺖ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺪﺍ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﻪ ﻳﻮ ﯤ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﻩ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺷﮑﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﻴﻜﻞ ﻛﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪y = ax + b ,‬‬ ‫‪Ax + By + C = 0‬‬

‫‪161‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺯﺍﻳﯥ ‪ tangent‬ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ y = ax + b‬ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪ ‬ﻭﻱ ﺩ ‪ α‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺩ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪ tanα = a‬ﺩ ‪ y = ax + b‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 16‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ y = x − 8‬ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻱ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ α‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪tanα = 1 ⇒ α = 4 5‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻭﺍﻟﯽ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬

‫‪⎧ y = m1 x + b1‬‬
‫⎨ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﯼ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻟﺮﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ m1 = m 2‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 17‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺖ ﻟﺮﻱ؟‬

‫‪⎧ y = 43 x + 6‬‬ ‫‪⎧ y = 2x − 7‬‬

‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(ii‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪⎩ y = 2x + 9‬‬

‫‪⎧ y = 3x + 5‬‬ ‫‪⎧ x + 2y = 6‬‬

‫) ‪(iii‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫) ‪(iv‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪⎩y = − 2 x + 9‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪162‬‬
 ‫= ‪ m1 m 2‬ﺩﯼ ﻧﻮ ﻣﺴ‬
‫ﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﮐﯥ ‪(− ) = −1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (i‬ﯥ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻤﻮﺩ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (ii‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﮐﯥ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ ‪ m1 = 2 = m2‬ﻧﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (iii‬ﺣﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯽ ﻣﻌﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﺮ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻣﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻪﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﺩﻟﻲ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻄﺒﻖ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (vi‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﻭﺭﮐﻮﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﯥ‬
‫ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪⎧ x + 2y = 6‬‬ ‫‪⎧ y = − 12 x + 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪= m2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫⎩‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪163‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎧ a1 x + b1 y = c1‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩a 2 x + b2 y = c 2‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻃﺒﻌﹰﺎ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫⎧‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪c1‬‬
‫⎪⎪‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪⎧ a1 x + b1 y = c1‬‬ ‫‪⎧ b1 y = −a1 x + c1‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩a 2 x + b2 y = c 2‬‬ ‫‪⎩b2 y = −a 2 x + c 2‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪⎪y = − 2 x + 2‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﻼﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﻮ ﺣﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a b‬‬
‫‪m1 ≠ m2 ⇒ −‬‬ ‫‪≠ − 1 ⇒ 1 ≠ 1 ⇔ a1b2 ≠ a2 b1 ⇔ a1b2 − a2 b1 ≠ 0‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪a2 b2‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻭﻱ )ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ( ﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪a b‬‬
‫‪m1 = m2 ⇒ − 1 = − 1 ⇒ 1 = 1 ⇔ a1b2 = a2 b1 ⇔ a1b2 − a2 b1 = 0‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪a2 b2‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻘﯥ‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪a1 b1‬‬
‫≠‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ)ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﻳﻮ( ﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ‬
‫‪a 2 b2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ )ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻭﺍﻟﻲ( ﺷﺮﻁ‬

‫‪164‬‬
‫‪a1 b1 c1‬‬
‫≠ =‬
‫‪a 2 b2 c2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺷﺮﻁ )ﺩ ﺑﯽ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺩﺭﻟﻮﺩﻝ(‬

‫‪a1 b1 c1‬‬
‫= =‬
‫‪a 2 b2 c2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ) ‪ ( x, y‬ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﻳﻮ ﺣﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ ﮐﻠﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﮐﯥ ﺿﺮﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺩ ﺑﻠﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩﺍ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﻴﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎧ 3x − 2 y = 7‬‬ ‫) ‪(I‬‬

‫⎨ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎩5 x − y = 21‬‬ ‫) ‪(II‬‬

‫‪165‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ) ‪ (II‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ‪ − 2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ) ‪ (I‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺋﯥ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫⎧‬ ‫‪3x − 2 y = 7‬‬

‫⎪‬‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪− 35‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫= ‪⇒ − 10 x + 2 y = −42 ⇒ x‬‬ ‫‪⇒ x =5‬‬
‫‪− 2 ⎪5 x − y = 21‬‬ ‫‪−7‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪− 7 x = −35‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ‪ x = 5‬ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (I‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮ ‪ y‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪−8‬‬
‫= ‪3⋅ 5 − 2 y = 7 ⇒ −2 y = 7 −15⇒ −2 y = −8 ⇒ y‬‬ ‫‪⇒y =4‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ x = 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y = 4‬ﯾﻌﻨﯥ ) ‪ (5,4‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺩ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﻳﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻏﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎧ 2x − 3y = 6‬‬ ‫) ‪(I‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩5 x − 4 y = 22‬‬ ‫) ‪(II‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪2x − 3y = 6‬‬ ‫‪(I ) ⇒ 2 x = 3 y + 6 ⇒ x = 3 y + 6‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (ii‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﯽ ‪‬ﺩﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪x‬‬

‫‪5x − 4 y = 22‬‬ ‫‪(II ) ⇒ 5 ⋅ 3 y + 6 − 4 y = 22 ⇒ 15y + 30 − 8 y = 44‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪166‬‬
 ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪3y + 6 6 + 6‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 7 y = 44 − 30 ⇒ 7 y = 14 ⇒ y‬‬ ‫= ‪⇒ y =2⇒x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯽ ﺣﻞ ‪ x = 6‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y = 2‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺩﺩﺗﻴﺮﻣﻨﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫‪⎧ a1 x + b1 y = c1‬‬
‫⎨ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ ﺣﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪⎩ 2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﯥ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪c1b2 − c2 b1‬‬ ‫‪a1 c2 − a 2 c1‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫=‪y‬‬
‫‪a1b2 − a 2 b1‬‬ ‫‪a1b2 − a 2 b1‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺩ ﺗﻴﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ‪ Δ x ، Δ‬ﻭ ‪ Δ y‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬ ‫‪c1‬‬ ‫‪c2‬‬
‫=‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪= a1b2 − a 2 b1‬‬ ‫= ‪, Δx‬‬ ‫‪= c1b2 − c2 b1‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬
‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪c1‬‬
‫= ‪Δy‬‬ ‫‪= a1c2 − c1a 2‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪c2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ) ‪ ( x, y‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪Δy‬‬ ‫‪Δx‬‬
‫= ‪ y‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫= ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪Δ‬‬
‫‪⎧2 x + 3 y = 2‬‬
‫⎨ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺳﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩ ﺗﻴﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 3‬‬
‫=‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪= 2( −2) − (1)( 3) = −4 − 3 = −7‬‬
‫‪1 −2‬‬

‫‪167‬‬
 ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫= ‪Δx‬‬ ‫‪= 2( −2) − (3)( −6) = −4 + 18 = 14‬‬
‫‪−6 −2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪Δy‬‬ ‫‪= 2( −6) − ( 2)(1) = −12 − 2 = −14‬‬
‫‪1 −6‬‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪− 14‬‬ ‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫= ‪⇒y= y‬‬ ‫= ‪= +2 , x = x‬‬ ‫‪= −2‬‬
‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪−7‬‬ ‫‪Δ −7‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ‬

‫ﻟﮑﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩﻣﺨﻪ ﻣﻮ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﮐ‪‬ﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻭﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺣﻞ ﮐﯥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ )ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻮﻧﻪ( ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﯥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﯥ ﻧﻄﻘﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺣﻞ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬
‫‪⎧x + 2 y = 5‬‬ ‫‪⎧ x + y =1‬‬ ‫‪⎧ 3x − 6 y = 10‬‬
‫) ‪(i‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(ii‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪(iii‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪3‬‬‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫⎩‬‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪⎩9x + 15y = −14‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪168‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﺣﻞ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺕ‬
‫ﺷﮑﻠﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻄﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﺩ ﭘﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻴﻮ‬

‫‪x =1‬‬ ‫‪⎧ x=3‬‬ ‫‪⎧ x = 0.7‬‬

‫⎨⎧ ) ‪(i‬‬ ‫⎨ ) ‪, (ii‬‬ ‫⎨ ))‪, (iii‬‬
‫‪⎩y = 2‬‬ ‫‪⎩ y = −2‬‬ ‫‪⎩ y = −1.3‬‬

‫ﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻭﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺷﮑﻠﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﻪﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﻭﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻱ‬
‫‪ax + by + c < 0 , ax + by‬‬
‫‪b +c≤0‬‬
‫‪ax + by + c > 0 , ax + by‬‬
‫‪b +c≥0‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻧﻘﻘﻄﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺐ‬
‫ﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯽ ﺻﺪﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﯥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﯥ‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﻭﻳﻳﺸﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﻮ‪‬ﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﯥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯥ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻪ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺮ‬‫ﻣﺴ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﯥ ‪‬ﻮﻟﯥ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﯥ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻣﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﻐﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺻ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﯼ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﯼ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪169‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﯥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻫﻐﯽ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﯥ‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﯥ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺎﻣﺦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﯥ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮐﯥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 23‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 5 y + 2 x ≤ −10‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5 y + 2 x ≤ −10 ⇒ 5 y ≤ −2 x − 10 ⇒ y ≤ − x − 2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ y = − x − 2‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮ ﻭﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﻭﺱ ﺩ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ )‪ (0,0‬ﭘﻪ ‪ y ≤ − x − 2‬ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻛﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ )‪ (0.0‬ﺑﺮﺧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﯥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺧﻂ ﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﻤﻮﻝ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﺷﮑﻞ(‬

‫‪ 24‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 8 − y > 3 x‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺳﻤﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻞ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﯥ‪.‬‬

‫‪170‬‬
 ‫‪8 − y > 3x ⇒ − y > 3x − 8 ⇒ y < −3x + 8‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺧﺖ ‪‬ﻮ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺑﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﯥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﺣﻞ ﻳﻮﻩ ‪‬ﻮ ﺿﻠﻌﯽ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺷﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 25‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 2 < x + y ≤ 5‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺩﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ‪ x + y ≤ 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 2 < x + y‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺣﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺗﻮ ﮐﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ (x, y‬ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﮐﻮﻣﯥ ﭼﯽ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎧2 < x + y‬‬
‫⎨ ⇒‪2< x+ y ≤5‬‬
‫‪⎩x + y ≤ 5‬‬

‫‪171‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﺩ ‪ x + y = 5‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 2 = x + y‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻤﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ‬

‫‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﯥ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎧x + 2 y ≥ 4‬‬
‫⎨ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‬ ‫‪ 26‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫‪⎩ x− y≤3‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺩ ﻫﺮﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎧x ≥ 0‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪ ⎨ y ≥ 0‬ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 27‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪⎪ x+ y≤5‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﻮﻧﻪ ‪) x = 0‬ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ(‪) y = 0 ،‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩﯼ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ( ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪ x + y = 5‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺩﺭﯾﻮ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬

‫‪172‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺩﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬

‫ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎧ a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d 1‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨a 2 x + b2 y + c 2 z = d 2‬‬
‫‪⎪a x + b y + c z = d‬‬
‫‪⎩ 3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻨﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻮ ﺣﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻨﺎ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩﻳﻮﯤ‬

‫‪173‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻀﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﺷﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﮐ‪‬ﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺯﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺣﻞ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﯥ ﺧﻮ‪‬ﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺩ ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮ ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 28‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪⎧ 2x − y + z = 3‬‬ ‫) ‪(I‬‬

‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨x+ y+z =6‬‬ ‫) ‪(II‬‬
‫‪⎪x + y − z = 0‬‬ ‫) ‪(III‬‬
‫⎩‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ (I ) :‬ﺍﻭ ) ‪ (III‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ ‪3 x = 3‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩ ) ‪ (II‬ﺍﻭ ) ‪ (III‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ ‪ 2 x + 2 y = 6‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪⎧ 3x = 3‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫‪⇒ x =1 , 2 + 2y = 6 ⇒ y = 2‬‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ‪ x = 1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y = 2‬ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (I‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪174‬‬
 ‫‪2−2+ z = 3⇒ z = 3‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ )‪ (1,2,3‬ﺩ ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺮﮐﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺒﺤﺚ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﯥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﯥ ﺩ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪ c 2 , c1 , b3 , b2 , b1 , a 3 , a 2 , a1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c3‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺩﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪b1‬‬ ‫‪c1‬‬
‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪c2‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪c2‬‬ ‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬
‫‪Δ = a2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪c 2 = a1‬‬ ‫‪− b1‬‬ ‫‪+ c1‬‬
‫‪b3‬‬ ‫‪c3‬‬ ‫‪a3‬‬ ‫‪c3‬‬ ‫‪a3‬‬ ‫‪b3‬‬
‫‪a3‬‬ ‫‪b3‬‬ ‫‪c3‬‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ‪ Δ‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪Δ = a1 b2 c 3 + b1 c 2 a 3 + c1 a 2 b3 − a 3 b2 c1 − b3 c 2 a1 − c 3 a 2 b1 .‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ 3×3‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﺉ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻟﻴﮑﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬
‫∆‬ ‫‪    ‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫‪          ‬‬ ‫‪          ‬‬

‫‪175‬‬
‫‪⇒ Δ = a1 b2 c3 + b1 c 2 a 3 + c1 a 2 b3 − a 3 b2 c1 − b3 c 2 a1 − c 3 a 2 b1 .‬‬

‫‪ 29‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪4 1 10‬‬ ‫‪4 1 10 4 1‬‬

‫‪D= 3 2 5 ⇒ 3 2 5 3 2‬‬
‫‪2 3 10‬‬ ‫‪2 3 10 2 3‬‬
‫‪Δ = 4 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 10 + 1 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 2 + 10 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 3 − 2 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 10 − 3 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 4 − 10 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 1‬‬
‫‪⇒ Δ = 80 + 10 + 90 − 40 − 60 − 30 = 50‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺖ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﭘﻴﮋﻧﺪﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪⎧ a1 x + b1 y + c1 z = d 1‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨a 2 x + b2 y + c 2 z = d 2‬‬
‫‪⎪a x + b y + c z = d‬‬
‫‪⎩ 3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﮐﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪a1 b1 c1‬‬ ‫‪d1 b1 c1‬‬
‫‪Δ = a2 b2 c2‬‬ ‫‪, Δ x = d 2 b2 c2‬‬
‫‪a3 b3 c3‬‬ ‫‪d 3 b3 c3‬‬

‫‪176‬‬
 a1 d 1 c1 a1 b1 d 1
Δ y = a 2 d 2 c2 , Δ z = a 2 b2 d 2
a 3 d 3 c3 a 3 b3 d 3
‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﺍﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
Δx Δy Δz
x= y= z=
Δ Δ Δ
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
d 1b2 c3 + c1 d 2 b3 + b1 c2 d 3 − c1b2 d 3 − d 1 c2 b3 − b1 d 2 c3
x=
a1b2 c3 + c1 a 2 b3 + b1 c2 a 3 − c1b2 a 3 − a1 c2 b3 − b1 a 2 c3

a1 d 2 c3 + c1 a 2 d 3 + d 1 c2 a 3 − c1 d 2 a 3 − a1 c2 d 3 − d 1 a 2 c3
y=
a1b2 c3 + c1 a 2 b3 + b1 c2 a 3 − c1 b2 a 3 − a1 c2 b3 − b1 a 2 c3

a1b2 d 3 + b1 d 2 a 3 + d 1 a 2 b3 − d 1b2 a 3 − a1 d 2 b3 − b1 a 2 d 3
z=
a1b2 c3 + c1 a 2 b3 + b1 c2 a 3 − c1b2 a 3 − a1 c2 b3 − b1 a 2 c3

‫ﺉ؟‬‫ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‬.‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬30

177
 ‫‪⎧ x + 2 y − z = −3‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨ 3x + y + z = 4‬‬
‫‪⎪ x − y + 2z = 6‬‬
‫⎩‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−1 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Δ= 3 1‬‬ ‫‪1 3 1 = 2 + 2 + 3 + 1 + 1 − 12 = −3‬‬
‫‪1 −1‬‬ ‫‪2 1 −1‬‬

‫‪−3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−1 − 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪Δx = 4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1 4‬‬ ‫‪1 = −6 + 12 + 4 + 6 − 3 − 16 = −3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪2 6‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬

‫‪1 − 3 −1 1 − 3‬‬
‫‪Δy = 3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1 3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪= 8 − 3 − 18 + 4 − 6 + 18 = 3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪2 1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−31‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪Δz = 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4 3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪= 6 + 8 + 9 + 3 + 4 − 36 = −6‬‬
‫‪1 −1‬‬ ‫‪6 1 −1‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬

‫‪178‬‬
 ‫‪Δx − 3‬‬ ‫‪Δ‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Δ −6‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫= ‪= = 1 , y = y = = −1 , z = z‬‬ ‫‪= 2.‬‬
‫‪Δ −3‬‬ ‫‪Δ −3‬‬ ‫‪Δ −3‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ) ‪. (1,−1,2‬‬

‫‪ 31‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪⎧ x + 2z = 7‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨ 3x + y = 5‬‬
‫‪⎪ 2 y − 3 z = −5‬‬
‫⎩‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻭ‬
‫‪⎧ x + 0 y + 2z = 7‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨ 3x + y + 0 z = 5‬‬
‫‪⎪0 x + 2 y − 3z = −5‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﻫﻐﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﻳﺘﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻧﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻨ‪ ‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 0 2‬‬ ‫‪7 0 2‬‬
‫‪Δ = 3 1 0 = 9 , Δx = 5 1 0 = 9‬‬
‫‪0 2 −3‬‬ ‫‪−5 2 −3‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1 0‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫‪Δy = 3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪0 = 18 , Δ z = 3 1‬‬ ‫‪5 = 27‬‬
‫‪0 −5 −3‬‬ ‫‪0 2 −5‬‬

‫‪179‬‬
 ‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫‪Δx 9‬‬ ‫‪Δ 18‬‬ ‫‪Δ 27‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫‪= = 1 , y = y = = −1 , z = z = = 3.‬‬
‫‪Δ 9‬‬ ‫‪Δ 9‬‬ ‫‪Δ 9‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ )‪. (1,2,3‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ) ‪ ...، P3 ( x ) ، P2 ( x ) ، P1 ( x‬ﺍﻭ ) ‪ Pn ( x‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ‬
‫ﭼﯥ‬
‫) ‪P ( x ) = P1 ( x ) + P2 ( x ) + P3 ( x ) + ... + Pn ( x‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ) ‪ P3 ( x) ، P2 ( x ) ، P1 ( x‬ﺍﻭ )‪ Pn (x‬ﺩ ) ‪ P(x‬ﺩ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﯥ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﯥ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ﮐﻪ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺍ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﻳﻮ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫‪x 5 + 3x 3 − 1‬‬ ‫‪− x2 − 5‬‬
‫‪= x + 3+ 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪x3 + 2‬‬ ‫‪x +2‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻤﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮ‬
‫ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪180‬‬
 ‫‪ 32‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‬
‫‪− x+8‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪x − 7 x + 12 x − 4 x − 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪‬ﯽ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩﻭﻭ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍ ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﺧﺒﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﺴﺮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﯥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﯥ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ )) ‪ P ( x ) = QP (( xx‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ) ‪ P ( x‬ﺩ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩ ) ‪ Q ( x‬ﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻤﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ) ‪ q (x‬ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ )‪ (ax + b‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ‪ k‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫‪k‬‬

‫‪A1‬‬ ‫‪A2‬‬ ‫‪Ak‬‬

‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪, k = 1,2,3,...‬‬
‫)‪ax + b (ax + b‬‬ ‫‪(ax + b)k‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ ،Ak ،..... ،A2 ،A1‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺩ ‪ ( ax 2 + bx + c ) k‬ﻫﺮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ‪ k‬ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫‪A1 x + B1‬‬ ‫‪A2 x + B2‬‬ ‫‪Ak x + Bk‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫) ‪ax 2 + bx + c (ax 2 + bx + c‬‬ ‫‪(ax 2 + bx + c )k‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪، B1، Ak ، . . . ، A3 ،A2 ، A1‬‬

‫‪ . . . ، B3 ،B2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ Bk‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 33‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫)‪A( x − 3) + B( x + 2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪x − x−6 x+2 x−3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪( x + 2)( x − 3‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩ ‪‬ﺊ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯥ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﯽ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ A‬ﺍﻭ ‪ B‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪181‬‬
 ‫≡ ‪x +1‬‬ ‫) ‪A( x − 3) + B ( x + 2‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﺘﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ x=3‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x=-2‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬

‫⇒ ‪⎧ x=3‬‬ ‫‪3 + 1 = A.0 + B.5‬‬ ‫‪⇒ 4 = 5B ⇒ B = 45‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩x = −2 ⇒ − 2 + 1 = A(− 5) + B.0 ⇒ − 1 = −5A ⇒ A = 5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= .‬‬ ‫‪+ .‬‬
‫)‪x − x − 6 5 ( x + 2) 5 ( x − 3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ A‬ﺍﻭ ‪ B‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫≡ ‪x +1‬‬ ‫) ‪A( x − 3) + B ( x + 2‬‬
‫‪⇒ x + 1 ≡ ( A + B )x − 3 A + 2 B‬‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺩﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﯽ‬

‫‪⎧A + B = 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎨‬ ‫=‪⇒ A‬‬ ‫=‪, B‬‬
‫‪⎩− 3 A + 2 B = 1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪1 1‬‬ ‫‪4 1‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪= .‬‬ ‫‪+ .‬‬
‫‪x − x−6 5 x−2 5 x−3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 34‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫‪x2 − x + 1‬‬ ‫‪x2 − x + 1 A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪≡ +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫)‪x + 2 x + x x ( x + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x x + 1 ( x + 1) 2‬‬

‫‪x2 − x + 1‬‬ ‫‪A( x + 1) 2 + Bx( x + 1) + cx‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫≡‬
‫‪x3 + 2x2 + x‬‬ ‫‪x3 + 2x2 + x‬‬

‫‪182‬‬
 ‫‪x 2 − x + 1 ≡ A( x + 1) + Bx ( x + 1) + cx‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⎧ x=0‬‬ ‫‪⇒ A = −1‬‬

‫⎪‬
‫‪⎨ x = −1‬‬ ‫‪⇒ C = −3‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪B=0‬‬
‫‪⎪x = 1 ⇒ 1 = 4 A + 2B + C‬‬
‫⎩‬
‫‪x2 − x + 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪= −‬‬
‫‪x + 2 x + x x ( x + 1) 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ‪ ،B ،A‬ﺍﻭ ‪ C‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 35‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫‪x2 − 2x − 3‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪Bx + C‬‬

‫=‬ ‫‪+ 2‬‬
‫‪( x − 1).( x + 2 x + 2 ) x − 1 x + 2 x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪x2 − 2x − 3‬‬ ‫)‪A( x 2 + 2 x + 2) + ( Bx + C )( x − 1‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫=‬
‫)‪( x − 1)( x 2 + 2 x + 2‬‬ ‫)‪( x − 1)( x 2 + 2 x + 2‬‬

‫)‪⇒ x 2 − 2 x − 3 ≡ A( x 2 + 2 x + 2) + ( Bx + C )( x − 1‬‬
‫⎧‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫⎪⎪‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ ⎨ x = 0 ⇒ −3 = 2 A − C ⇒ C‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪⎪ x = −1 ⇒ 0 = A + 2 B − 2C ⇒ B = 9‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪x2 − 2x − 3‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫‪9x + 7‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫)‪( x − 1).( x 2 + 2 x + 2) 5( x − 1) 5( x 2 + 2 x + 2‬‬

‫‪183‬‬
 ‫‪2 x 2 +3‬‬
‫‪ 36‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ (x 2 +1)2‬ﮐﺴﺮ ﭘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪2x2 + 3‬‬ ‫‪Ax + B‬‬ ‫‪Cx + D‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪( x 2 + 1) 2‬‬ ‫‪x2 + 1‬‬ ‫‪( x 2 + 1) 2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫)‪2 x 2 + 3 = ( Ax + B )( x 2 + 1) + (Cx + D‬‬
‫)‪⇒ 2 x 2 + 3 = Ax 3 + Bx 2 + ( A + C ) x + ( B + D‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‬
‫‪⎧ A=0‬‬ ‫‪A=0‬‬
‫‪⎪ B = −2‬‬ ‫‪B = −2‬‬
‫⎪‬
‫⎨‬ ‫⇒‬
‫‪⎪ A+ B = 0‬‬ ‫‪C=0‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩ B + D = 3‬‬ ‫‪D =1‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫‪2x2 + 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪= 2‬‬ ‫‪+ 2‬‬
‫)‪( x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 1 ( x + 1) 2‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻛﯥ ‪ b ، a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪ a ≠ 0‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪184‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪ax 2 + bx = − c‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪x2 +‬‬ ‫‪x=−‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪b‬‬ ‫‪b 2 − 4 ac‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪x + x+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫=‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪4a 2‬‬

‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪±‬‬ ‫‪b 2 − 4 ac‬‬ ‫‪−b±‬‬ ‫‪b 2 − 4 ac‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫‪x+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫=‪x‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬

‫ﺩ ‪ Δ = b 2 − 4ac‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪−b− Δ‬‬ ‫‪−b+ Δ‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪x2‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ Δ > 0‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪−b− Δ‬‬ ‫‪−b+ Δ‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪x2‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ ∆ 0‬ﻭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ‪ ∆ 0‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ b‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ‪ b = 2b′‬ﺩﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪− b ± Δ − b ± b 2 − 4ac − 2b′ ± (2b′) − 4ac‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫=‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬

‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬

‫‪185‬‬
‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫(‬ ‫=‬
‫)‬
‫‪− 2b′ ± 4b′2 − 4ac 2 − b′ ± b′2 − ac − b′ ± b′2 − ac‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫‪− b′ ± Δ ′‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪Δ ′ = b ′ 2 − ac‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ Δ′‬ﺍﻭ ‪ Δ‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 37‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 3x + 2 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ b = −3 ، a = 1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c = 2‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫‪Δ = b 2 − 4ac = (− 3) − 4(1)(2 ) = 1 > 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪− (− 3) − 1‬‬ ‫‪− (− 3) + 1‬‬

‫= ‪⇒ x1‬‬ ‫= ‪= 1 , x2‬‬ ‫‪=2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ 38‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 2 x + 1 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ b′ = −22 = −1 ، a = 1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪b′‬‬
‫‪Δ ′ = b′2 − ac = (− 1) − (1)(1) = 0 ⇒ x = −‬‬ ‫‪= −1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ‪ x1 = x2 = −1‬ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 39‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x − 6 x + 25 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ b = −6 ، a = 1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c = 25‬ﺩﻱ ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪Δ = b 2 − 4 ac = (− 6 ) − 4 (1 )(25 ) = 36 − 100 = − 64‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪186‬‬
 ‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ ، Δ < 0‬ﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪− b ± Δ 6 ± − 64 6 ± 8i‬‬ ‫‪x = 3 + 4i‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 3 ± 4i ⇒ 1‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪x 2 = 3 − 4i‬‬

‫‪ 40‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ( x − 1) = 2 + x‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(x − 1‬‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= 2 + x ⇒ x 2 − 2 x + 1 = 2 + x ⇒ x 2 − 3x − 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ a = 1, b = −3, c = −1 ⇒ Δ = (− 3) − 4(1)(− 1) = 9 + 4 = 13‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪− (− 3 ) − 13‬‬ ‫‪3 − 13‬‬

‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪− (− 3 ) + 13‬‬ ‫‪3 + 13‬‬
‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﯾﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻮ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﺩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﯥ ﺗﺮ ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺑﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 41‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 8 x + 15 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺵ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪x 2 − 8 x + 15 = 0 ⇒ x 2 − 8 x + 16 + 15 = 16‬‬
‫‪⇒ ( x − 4 ) = 1 ⇒ x − 4 = ±1 ⇒ x = 4 ± 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ x1 = 4 − 1 = 3 , x2 = 4 + 1 = 5‬‬

‫‪187‬‬
 ‫‪ 42‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪a.‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 6 x + 25 = 0‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪b.‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 8 x + 25 = 0‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪b 2 − 4 ac = (− 6 ) − 4 (1 )(25 ) = 36 − 100 = − 64‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪a.‬‬

‫‪− b ± Δ 6 ± − 64 6 ± 8 − 1 6 ± 8i‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 3 ± 4i‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪= 3 + 4i ,‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪= 3 − 4i‬‬
‫‪Δ = b 2 − 4 ac = (− 8 ) − 4 (1)(25 ) = 64 − 100 = − 36‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪b.‬‬
‫‪− b ± Δ 8 ± − 36 8 ± 6 − 1 8 ± 6i‬‬
‫=‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 4 ± 3i‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪= 4 + 3i ,‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪= 4 − 3i‬‬

‫‪ 43‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 2 x − 2 3 − 3 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫=‪x‬‬
‫‪− b′ ± Δ′ 1 ± (− 1) − (1) − 2 3 − 3‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪= 1± 1+ 2 3 + 3‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪1±‬‬ ‫‪(1 +‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪1± 1+‬‬‫(‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫)‬
‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫‪2+ 3‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪− 3‬‬

‫‪ 44‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 2 3x − 9 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ b ′ = b2 = − 3‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬

‫=‪x‬‬
‫‪− b′ ± Δ ′‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪3±‬‬ ‫)‪( 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪− (1)(− 9‬‬
‫‪= 3 ± 12 = 3 ± 2 3‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪188‬‬
 ‫⇒‬ ‫‪x1‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪3 3 ,‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪− 3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺣﻞ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c = 0 ⇒ x 2 +‬‬ ‫‪x + = 0 ⇒ x2 + x + 2 − 2 + = 0‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪b ⎞ b 2 − 4 ac‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪b ⎞ ⎛ b 2 − 4 ac‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎛‬
‫‪⇒ ⎜x+‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⎜‪⎟ −‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎟ = 0‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a 2‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎝⎜ ⎠ ‪2 a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫⎠‬

‫⎛‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫⎜⎛⎟⎞ ‪b2 − 4ac‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫⎟⎞ ‪b2 − 4ac‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎛⎞ ‪b + Δ‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪b− Δ‬‬
‫‪⇒⎜x + +‬‬ ‫‪x+ −‬‬ ‫‪= 0 ⇒ ⎜⎜ x +‬‬ ‫‪⎟⎜ x +‬‬
‫⎟‬‫⎜‬
‫‪⎟=0‬‬
‫⎜‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫⎜⎟‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫⎟‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎝⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫⎠⎟ ‪2a‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎝⎠‬ ‫⎠‬
‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻨﯥ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻏﯽ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯼ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 45‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 2 − 6 x + 8 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﺋﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪x2 − 6x + 8 = 0 ⇒ x2 − 6x + 9 − 9 + 8 = 0 ⇒ x2 − 6x + 9 − 1 = 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ ( x − 3) − 12 = 0 ⇒ ( x − 3 − 1)( x − 3 + 1) = 0 ⇒ ( x − 4 )( x − 2 ) = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⇒ ‪x−4=0‬‬ ‫‪x1 = 4‬‬

‫⇒‬
‫⇒ ‪x−2=0‬‬ ‫‪x2 = 2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ x1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x 2‬ﺩ ‪ ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‪:‬‬
‫‪− b − Δ − b + Δ − 2b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫= ‪x1 + x 2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=−‬‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫‪189‬‬
 ‫‪− b − Δ − b + Δ b 2 − Δ b 2 − (b 2 − 4 ac ) c‬‬
‫= ‪x1 ⋅ x 2‬‬ ‫⋅‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬
‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a 2‬‬ ‫‪4a 2‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬
‫= ‪ x1 ⋅ x2‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ‪ x1 + x2 = −‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﺮ ‪ a‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪c‬‬
‫‪x2 +‬‬ ‫‪x + = 0 ⇒ x 2 − ( x 1 + x 2 )x + x 1 x 2 = 0‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪ x1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x 2‬ﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻩ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪x 2 − ( x1 + x 2 )x + x1 x 2 = 0‬‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ‪ .‬ﺟﺬﺭ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﮐﻤﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺟﺬﺭ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺳﺎﺗﻮ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﯽ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﺩﻭ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺷﺘﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪‬ﯧﻨﯥ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﯤ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 44‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 3 x + 9 x + 13 − 13 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪3 x + 9 x + 13 − 13 = 0 ⇒ 9 x + 13 = 13 − 3 x‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫(‬ ‫( )‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬‫‪2‬‬
‫‪9 x + 13 = 13 − 3 x ⇒ 9 x + 13 = 169 − 78 x + 9 x‬‬
‫‪⇒ 78 x = 156 ⇒ x = 2 ⇒ x = 4‬‬

‫‪190‬‬
 ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺟﺬﺭ ‪ x=4‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 45‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪x + 7 + x + 2 = 6 x + 13‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫(‬
‫‪x + 7 + x + 2 = 6 x + 13 ⇒ x + 7 + x + 2 = 6 x + 13‬‬ ‫( )‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪x + 7 + x + 2 + 2 x + 7 x + 2 = 6 x + 13 ⇒ x + 7 x + 2 = 2 x + 2‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫(‬ ‫) ) ‪(x + 7 )( x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫) ‪= (2 x + 2 ) ⇒ ( x + 7 )( x + 2 ) = (2 x + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ x 2 + 9 x + 14 = 4 x 2 + 8 x + 4 ⇒ 3 x 2 − x − 10 = 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ ( x − 2 )(3 x + 5) = 0 ⇒ x1 = 2 , x2 = − 53‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ x = −‬دا‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻮ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻧﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ‪2‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﯤ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺯﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﻨﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ‪‬ﯧﻨﯥ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺩ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺭﺍﻭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﺋﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 46‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x − 13 x + 36 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ y = x 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪191‬‬
 ‫‪y 2 − 13 y + 36 = 0 ⇒ ( y − 4 )( y − 9 ) = 0‬‬
‫‪y1 = 4 x 2 = 4 x1 = −2 , x2 = 2‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫⇒‬
‫‪y2 = 9 x 2 = 9‬‬ ‫‪x3 = − 3 , x 4 = 3‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 47‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 4 − 21 x 2 − 100 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ‪ y = x 2‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪( y + 4 )( y − 25 ) = 0‬‬
‫⇒ ‪y 2 − 21 y − 100 = 0‬‬
‫‪y = −4 x = −4‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ 1‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪⇒ x1 = −5 , x2 = 5‬‬

‫‪y2 = 25 x 2 = 25‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 48‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 4 − 18 x 2 − 81 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ y = x 2 :‬ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬
‫⇒ ‪y 2 − 18 y + 81 = 0‬‬ ‫)‪( y − 9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪=0‬‬
‫‪⇒ y = 9 ⇒ x 2 = 9 ⇒ x1 = −3 , x2 = 3‬‬
‫‪ 49‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ x 4 + 2 x 2 + 3 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ y = x2 :‬ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪y 2 + 3 y + 5 = 0 ⇒ Δ = 32 − 4 ⋅ 1 ⋅ 5 = −11 < 0‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻭ‪‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 50‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ x − 4 x − 2 = 0 .‬ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪y = 4 x :‬ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪y 2 − y − 2 = 0 ⇒ ( y + 1)( y − 2 ) = 0 ⇒ y1 = 2 , y2 = −1‬‬

‫‪192‬‬
 ‫⇒‪⇒4 x =2‬‬ ‫‪( x) = 2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪⇒ x = 16‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ 4 x‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﯼ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ − 1‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻧﺸﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ‪x = 16‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻧﯽ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ 2 ( x +‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪− 7( x +‬‬ ‫‪ 51‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪) + 5 = 0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ y = x + 1x‬ﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪x + 1x = 1 ⇒ x2 − x + 1 = 0 ⇒ Δ = −3 < 0‬‬
‫⇒ = ‪2 y − 7 y + 5 = 0 ⇒ y1 = 1 , y2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪x + 1x = 25 ⇒ 2x2 − 5x + 2 = 0 ⇒ x = 2 , 12‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ‪ x1 = 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x2 = 12‬ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 52‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ( x 2 + 3x + 2 )2 − 8( x 2 + 3x ) = 4‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﺱ ‪ u = x 2 + 3x + 2‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪(x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ 3x + 2) − 8(x 2 + 3x ) = 4 ⇒ (u + 2) − 8u = 4 ⇒ u 2 − 4u = 0 ⇒ u = 4 , 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪x 2 + 3 x = 4 ⇒ x 1 = −4 , x 2 = 1‬‬
‫‪⇒ 2‬‬
‫‪x + 3 x = 0 ⇒ x 3 = −3 , x 4 = 0‬‬
‫‪ 1 ، − 3 ،‬ﺍﻭ‪. 0‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻱ ﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﮑﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‪.‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ‪‬ﯧﻨﯽ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻧﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻝ )ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ( ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ‪ m‬ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭﻱ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺴﻪ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﯧﻨﯥ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻳﮑﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺭﯤ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 53‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪0‬‬

‫‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪1‬‬

‫‪193‬‬
 ‫‪2m + 1‬‬
‫)‪Δ = b 2 − 4ac = m 2 − 4(− 1‬‬ ‫)‪= m 2 + 2m + 1 = (m + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪− m ± (m + 1‬‬ ‫)‪− m ± (m + 1) − m ± (m + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫=‪x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬

‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬
‫)‪− m − (m + 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫)‪− m + (m + 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪x1‬‬ ‫‪=m+‬‬ ‫= ‪, x2‬‬ ‫‪=−‬‬
‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ـﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ـ‪‬ﺉ ﭼـــ‬
‫ـﻮﻡ ﮐـــ‬ ‫ـﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ m‬ﺣـــ‬
‫ـﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠـــ‬ ‫‪ 54‬ﻣﺜﺎـــ‬
‫‪ (m − 2 )x − 2mx + (m − 4 ) = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟـ ـﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠــ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ـﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ـﻒ ﺍﻻﻳﺸــ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪c‬‬ ‫‪m2 − 4‬‬
‫⇒ ‪x1 x2 < 0 ⇒ < 0‬‬ ‫⋅ ‪< 0 ⇒ m + 2 < 0 ⇒ m < −2‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪m−2‬‬

‫‪ 55‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬ﺩ ‪ m‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ x + 6 x + m = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮ‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﺑﻞ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ x1 = 2x2‬ﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪x 1 + x 2 = −6 ⇒ 2 x 2 + x 2 = −6 ⇒ 3 x 2 = −6 ⇒ x 2 = −2‬‬
‫‪⇒ x1 = 2 x 2 = − 4 ⇒ m = x1 x 2 = (− 4 )(− 2 ) = 8‬‬

‫‪ 56‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬ﺩ ‪ m‬ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ 2 x − 3x + m = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪x1.x2 = 1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ‪ x1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x2‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺑﻠﯥ ﺧﻮﺍ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬
‫‪2x 2 − 3x + m = 0 ⇒ x2 − x + = 0 ⇒ = x1 x2 ⇒ = 1 ⇒ m = 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪194‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ‪ ax 2 + bx + c‬ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﻮ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩ‬
‫‪ x‬ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐـﻮﯼ ﻟﭙـﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﻣـﻮ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻱ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ‪ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻭ ﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻨﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻟﺮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﻟﺮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺟﺬﺭ ‪ x1‬ﺍﻭ ‪x 2‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺮﻱ )‪ (Δ > 0‬ﻧﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‬

‫) ‪ax 2 + bx + c = a ( x − x1 )( x − x 2‬‬

‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ a > 0‬ﺍﻭﯾﺎ ‪ a < 0‬ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻝ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪a>0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪x − x1‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + +‬‬

‫‪x − x2‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 +‬‬

‫) ‪(x − x1 )(x − x2‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 +‬‬
‫) ‪a ( x − x1 )( x − x2‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 +‬‬

‫‪a<0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪x1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪195‬‬
 ‫‪x − x1‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + +‬‬
‫‪x − x2‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 +‬‬
‫) ‪(x − x1 )(x − x2‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 +‬‬
‫) ‪a ( x − x1 )( x − x2‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + 0 −‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﭘﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ ax 2 + bx + c = 0‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ )‪(Δ = 0‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬
‫⎟ ‪ax + bx + c = a ⎜ x +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2a‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯽ ‪ a > 0‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ a < 0‬ﺩﯼ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪a>0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 2ba‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪(x + 2ab )2‬‬ ‫‪+ + 0 + +‬‬
‫) ‪a ( x + 2ab‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪+ + 0 + +‬‬

‫‪a<0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 2ba‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪(x + 2ab )2‬‬ ‫‪+ + 0 + +‬‬
‫) ‪a ( x + 2ab‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪− − 0 − −‬‬

‫‪196‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺩ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺩﻩ )ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺮﺗﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻫﻐﻠﺘﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ ax + bx + c = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻛﻮﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫)‪ (Δ < 0‬ﻧﻮ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪b ⎞ 4ac − b 2‬‬ ‫⎡‬ ‫‪b ⎞ ⎛⎜ 4ac − b 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎞‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎤‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎟‬
‫‪ax + bx + c = a ⎜ x + ⎟ +‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= a ⎢⎜ x + ⎟ +‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a 2‬‬ ‫⎝⎢‬ ‫⎝⎜ ⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫‪2a‬‬ ‫⎟‬
‫⎠‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎣‬ ‫⎦‬

‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪ a>0‬ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ‪ a<0‬ﺩﻱ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪a>0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c‬‬ ‫‪+ + + + +‬‬
‫‪a<0‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c‬‬ ‫‪− − − − −‬‬

‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻱ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺩ ﮐﻮﻣﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 57‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﯽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﯼ؟‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺩ ‪5‬‬
‫‪x 2 − 6 x + 5 = 0 ⇒ ( x − 5)( x − 1) = 0 ⇒ x1 = 1, x 2 = 5‬‬

‫‪197‬‬
 ‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫∞‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x −5‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 + +‬‬

‫)‪(x − 1)(x − 5‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 + +‬‬

‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩ‬ ‫‪∞, 1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ∞ ‪5,‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪5‬‬

‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪1, 5‬‬ ‫‪1, 5‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 58‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪8‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨـﻪ ﭘـﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ـﻲ ﭼـﯥ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪8 0‬‬
‫ﺩﯤ‪ .‬ﺑﻨــــــﺎﭘﺮ ﺩﯼ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪2‬‬ ‫ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧــــــﻪ ﻳــــــﯥ ‪2‬‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻧــﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻓــﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷــﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺳـﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯽ ﺩ ﺟـﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨـﻪ ﺧـﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐـﯥ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔـﻪ ﻳﻌﻨـﯥ ﻣﺜﺒـﺖ ﺩﻩ‬
‫‪∞, 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻛـﯥ ﺻـﻔﺮ ﮐﻴـ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘـﻪ ﺑـﻞ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺕ ﺩ‬
‫ـﻲ ﺩ ‪2, 4‬‬‫ـﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﻔـ‬
‫ـﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷـ‬‫ﺍﻓـ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ـﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪8‬‬ ‫∞ ‪ 4,‬ﻟﭙـ‬
‫ﻟﭙـﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺍﻓـﺎﺩﯤ ﻗﻴﻤـﺖ ﺻـﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪2, 4‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪x−2‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x−4‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 + +‬‬

‫‪198‬‬
 ‫)‪(x − 2)(x − 4‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 + +‬‬
‫)‪− ( x − 2)( x − 4‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + 0 − −‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 59‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪9‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪9 0‬‬
‫‪ . ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ) ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﭘﻪ ‪ x 3‬ﮐﯥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﯼ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯼ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 60‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪9‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫∆ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4·1·9‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪0‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻩ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﭘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c > 0 , ax 2 + bx + c ≥ 0‬‬
‫‪ax 2 + bx + c < 0 , ax 2 + bx + c ≤ 0‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ ﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺩ ﮐﻮﻣﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺭﺍﮐ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﻳﻮ ﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻴﻮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﯥ ﺷﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺑﻴﺎ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭘﻪ ﮐﻮﻣﻮ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 61‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪5 0‬‬

‫‪199‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻃﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩ ‪5 0‬‬
‫ﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺭﯤ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪x 2 − 4 x − 5 = 0 ⇒ x1 = −1, x 2 = 5‬‬
‫)‪⇒ x 2 − 4 x − 5 = 0 = ( x + 1)( x − 5‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪x +1‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x−5‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 + +‬‬

‫)‪(x + 1)(x − 5‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 + +‬‬

‫ﺿﺢ ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻪﻟﻪ ) ∞ ‪ (− ∞ , − 1) ∪ (5 ,‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺿ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫‪x +1 > 0 ∧ x − 5 > 0‬‬
‫⇒ ‪x 2 − 4 x − 5 > 0 ⇒ ( x + 1)( x − 5) > 0‬‬
‫‪x +1< 0 ∧ x − 5 < 0‬‬
‫‪x > −1 ∧ x > 5 ⇒ x > 5‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪⇒ x < −1 ∨ x > 5‬‬
‫‪x < −1 ∧ x < 5 ⇒ x < −1‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﻮﺑﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ) ∞ ‪ (− ∞ , − 1) ∪ (5 ,‬ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 62‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 3x 2 + 2 x + 2 < x 2 + x + 2 + 4‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻞ‬
‫‪3xx 2 + 2 x + 2 < x 2 + x + 4 ⇒ x 2 + x − 2 < 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ ( x + 2 )(( x − 1) < 0‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪x+2‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪− − − 0 + +‬‬

‫)‪(x + 2)(x − 1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+ 0 − 0 + +‬‬

‫ﺩﻩ‬ ‫)‪(−2, 1‬‬ ‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻧﻮ ﺳﺖ‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻩ ﯥ‬

‫‪ 63‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ ( x + 5)( x − 1)( x − 2 ) < 0‬ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻞ‬

‫∞‪x −‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪x+5‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪- 0 + + + + + +‬‬
‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪- - - 0 + + + +‬‬
‫‪x−2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪- - - - - 0 + +‬‬
‫) ‪(x + 5)((x − 1)(x − 2‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪0 + 0 -‬‬ ‫‪0 + +‬‬

‫ﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺴ‬
‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫) ‪(− ∞ , − 5) ∪ (1 , 2‬‬

‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 64‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪201‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫∞‪−‬‬ ‫‪−5‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫∞‬

‫‪2x − 8‬‬ ‫‪− − − − 0 + +‬‬

‫‪3x + 15‬‬ ‫‪− − 0 + + + +‬‬

‫‪2x − 8‬‬ ‫‪+ + ∞ − 0 + +‬‬
‫‪3x + 15‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ) ∞ ‪ (− ∞ , − 5) ∪ (4 ,‬ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺳﯧﺖ‬

‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺩﺭﺟﯥ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫‪ b ،a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪0‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﻧﯥ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪3‬‬ ‫‪3,‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﮐﻠﻪ ﮐﻪ ‪0‬‬ ‫‪ 65‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻣﻌﻴﻨﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻭ‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺩ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪202‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺨﮑ‪‬ﻴﻨﯽ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺳﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ 66‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻳﯥ ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪-5 -4 -3 -2 -1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪9 4 1 0 1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 67‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪2‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1‬‬

‫‪g ( x ) -6 -1‬‬ ‫‪2 3 2 -1 -6‬‬

‫‪203‬‬
 ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻭﺭﺳﺘﻴﻮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺭﺍﺳﻮﻧﻮ ﺧﻮﺍ )ﺳﻤﺖ( ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪ f ( x ) = a ( x − h ) 2 + k‬ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ‪ 14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻪ ﮐﻮﻭ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ ) ‪ (h, k‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ‪ a‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﻲ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪ f ( x ) = ax + bx + c‬ﺗﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻳﺎﺩﺷﻮﻱ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻳﯥ‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺑﺪﻟﻮﻭ‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛ 2 b‬‬ ‫‪⎛ 2 b‬‬ ‫‪b2‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪b2‬‬
‫‪f ( x) = ax + bx + c = a⎜ x + x ⎟ + c = a⎜ x + x + 2 − 2 ⎟ + c‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪a‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪4a 4a‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪b2 ⎞ b2‬‬ ‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪b‬‬ ‫‪− b 2 + 4ac‬‬
‫‪⇒ f ( x) = a⎜ x 2 + x + 2 ⎟ −‬‬ ‫‪+ c = a⎜ x +‬‬ ‫‪⎟ +‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪4a ⎠ 4a‬‬ ‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬
‫‪b ⎞ 4ac − b 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎛‬
‫‪f ( x) = a⎜ x + ⎟ +‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬
‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﯤ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺍ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﯥ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﯥ‬

‫‪204‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻪ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﯥ ‪ a‬ﺩﯼ ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﭘﻠﻨﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﮐﻤﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﯼ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻪ ﮐﻪ ‪ a‬ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﻭﻯ ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺍ )ﺳﻤﺖ( ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺳﻴﺮﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ‪ h‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻭ ‪ k‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪ 68‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺩ ﺭﺍﺱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪2‬‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻟﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺉ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ﺩ‬
‫‪−b 4‬‬ ‫‪4ac − b 2 8 − 16‬‬
‫=‪h‬‬ ‫‪= =2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫=‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= −2‬‬
‫‪2a 2‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ‪ 2, 2‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬ ‫‪ y 0‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺟﺬﺭﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻘﯽ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪, 0‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ‪, 0‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯤ ﻳﻮ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﭘﻪ ‪, 0‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻱ )ﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺧﻠﻲ(‬
‫ﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﯼ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩ ‪ 0, c‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪205‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻤﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﯼ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪0‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺭﺍﺱ ﮐ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪0‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬
‫‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺑﻮﻻ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﯽ ﻟﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺮﯼ ‪ a < 0‬ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.1‬ﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻟﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a > 0‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺩ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫‪⎛ b ⎞ 4ac−b‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪b2 −4ac‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫= ⎟ ‪y0 = f (x0 ) = f ⎜−‬‬ ‫‪=−‬‬

‫⎠‪⎝ 2a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪, 0‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﯥ ﺩ ‪, 0‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺟﺬﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ‬ ‫ﺩ‪b c 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ‪, 0‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻤﺎﺱ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ‪ 0, c‬ﺨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪206‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ 69‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻒ(‪ .‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪1 0‬‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻐﺮﻱ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪b 6‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪4ac − b 2 4(1).5 − ( −6) 2‬‬
‫‪h=−‬‬ ‫‪= =3‬‬ ‫=‪k‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= −4‬‬
‫‪2a 2‬‬ ‫‪4a‬‬ ‫)‪4(1‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫)ﺝ(‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ :‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻱ ﭼﯥ ‪ y 0 ‬ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪y = x 2 − 6 x + 5 ⇒ x 2 − 6 x + 5 = 0 ⇒ x1 = 1, x 2 = 5‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻮ ‪ 1,0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 5,0‬ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫)ﺩ(‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺴﺤﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪ :‬ﺮﺍﻑ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﭘﻪ ‪0‬‬
‫ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻪ ‪ 0,5‬ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪207‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﯽ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﮐﯥ ﺩﻭﻩ ‪‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ ﮐﯿ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻱ ﭼﯽ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻀﻴﺊ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﭘﻪ ﺑﺮﻛﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺩ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻨﯽ ﮊﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﯥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﯽ ﺳﻮאﻝ ﺩ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﮐﯥ ﺩﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﻣﻮﺩﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ( ﻭﺍﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﯼ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺩﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 70‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻠﻨﻮﺍﻟﯽ )ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻋﺮﺽ( ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻳﯥ ‪ 50cm‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻳﯥ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍﻟﯽ ‪ x‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﯥ ‪ 25 − x‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﯤ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯼ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪x (50 − x ) = 50 ⇒ x 2 − 25 x + 150 = 0 ⇒ ( x − 10)( x − 15) = 0 ⇒ x1 = 10 , x2 = 15‬‬

‫‪208‬‬
‫ﭘــﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﺐ ﺩ ﻣﺴــﺘﻄﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍﻟــﯽ ‪ x = 15cm‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻠﻨــﻮﺍﻟﯽ‬
‫‪ 25 − x = 10cm‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 60‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻃﯽ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫‪ 71‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ‬

‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 40‬ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﯥ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ ﻧﻮ‬
‫‪600 600 1‬‬
‫‪−‬‬ ‫)‪= ⇒ 600⋅ 2( x + 40) − 600⋅ 2x = x( x + 40‬‬
‫‪x x + 40 2‬‬
‫‪x = 200‬‬
‫‪⇒ x 2 − 40x + 48000= 0 ⇒ ( x − 200)( x + 220) = 0 ⇒ 1‬‬
‫‪x2 = −240‬‬
‫‪ 200‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﻣﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬

‫‪ 72‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﺭ ‪ 5‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﯽ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﺗﻪ ﺯﺭ ﺧﻼﺻﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﮐ‪‬ﯼ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪ 10‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻛ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻧﺘﻪ ‪‬ﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺩﺍ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮ‪ ،‬ﻮ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭ‪‬ﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ‪5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪⇒ 10(n − 5) + 10n = n (n − 5) ⇒ n 2 − 25n + 50 = 0‬‬
‫‪n n − 5 10‬‬
‫‪25 ± 625 − 200‬‬
‫=‪⇒n‬‬ ‫‪⇒ n1 = 2.2 , n 2 = 22.8‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪209‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺍﻭ‪17.8  ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ‪22.8‬‬
‫ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﻤﺰﻩ ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﯽ ﻧﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﮑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩ ‪2.2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬

‫‪ 73‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪ 34‬ﺩﯼ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺩﻭﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﻩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮐﻢ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪n 2 + (2n − 1) = 34 ⇒ 5n 2 − 4n − 33 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ Δ ′ = (− 2 ) − 5(− 33) = 169 ⇒ Δ ′ = 13‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2 ± 13‬‬
‫=‪⇒n‬‬ ‫‪⇒ n1 = 3 , n 2 = −2.2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺩﯼ‪.‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪1 5‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪3‬‬
‫‪2n 1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪5.4‬‬ ‫ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪2.2‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 34‬ﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﻪ ﺿﻠﻌﻪ ﺩ‬ ‫‪ 74‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻭﺗﺮ‬
‫‪ 14‬ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﯥ ﺿﻠﻌﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﯥ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﯥ ﻗﺎﻳﻤﯥ ﺿﻠﻌﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬
‫ﺩﯼ‬ ‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻳﯥ ‪14‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻳﯥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫‪x 2 + ( x − 14) = (34) ⇒ 2x 2 − 28x − 960 = 0 ⇒ x 2 − 14x − 480 = 0‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪⇒ Δ′ = 72 + 480 = 23 ⇒ x = 7 ± 23 ⇒ x1 = 30 , x2 = −16‬‬

‫‪210‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﻧﺸﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻳﯥ‬
‫ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪14 16‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺿﻠﻊ ﻳﯥ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺟﻼ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫)‪1. 3x − ( x + 4) = 2( x − 2‬‬ ‫)‪(x − 1)(x + 1) = (x − 1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪2x + 2 y‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫)‪( y − 3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫= ‪+ 3(2 y − 3) = y( y + 1) − y , 4. x + y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪x x‬‬ ‫‪2x − 3 4 x − 5‬‬
‫‪5. 2( x + 3) = 3( x −1) , .‬‬ ‫‪+ = 1 , 6.‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪3 6‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬ ‫‪x −1‬‬

‫‪4x + 3 2x − 3 x − 1‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪2x‬‬

‫‪8.‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, 9.‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪= 2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪x −1 x +1 x −1‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪10. 2 x − 8 = 4 , 11. 8 − 4 x = 20 , 12. x − 2 = 4 − x‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪13. 3x 2 − 48 = 0 , 14. x 2 + 64 = 20x , 15. x 2 + 2 x = 0‬‬
‫‪17x 1‬‬
‫‪16. x 2 −‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, 17. 2x 2 − 2 3x + 2 = 0 , 18. x 2 = 9‬‬
‫‪6 2‬‬
‫‪x +3 x +2‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 75‬‬ ‫‪8x − 3‬‬ ‫‪3x 2‬‬
‫‪19.‬‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪, 20.‬‬ ‫‪− 2x = 4 −‬‬
‫‪x + 2 x + 3 x 2 + 5x + 6‬‬ ‫‪x +3‬‬ ‫‪x +3‬‬
‫‪21 . x + 5 x + 10 = 8 , 22 . x − 2 = x − 3 x + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪23.‬‬ ‫‪9 − x 2 = 19 − 3 x 2 , 24.‬‬ ‫‪36 + x − 2 − x = 0‬‬

‫‪25 .‬‬ ‫‪5 x − 1 − x = 1 , 26 .‬‬ ‫‪6 x + 7 − 3x + 3 = 1‬‬

‫‪211‬‬
 .‫ﺉ‬‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‬
⎧x − 2y +1= 0 ⎧ 12 x − 5 y = 63
27 . ⎨ , 28 . ⎨
⎩2 x + y − 3 = 0 ⎩ 8 x − 15 y = 77

⎧5 2 ⎧ 6 5
x − y = 19 ⎪⎪ x + = 4
⎪3 5 y
29 . ⎨ , 30 . ⎨ 14
3 3
⎪4x + y = 21 ⎪ − = 2
⎩ 2 ⎪⎩ x y

⎧ 4x 3y
⎪ − − 2z = 0
⎧ 2 x − y + z = 3 3 2
⎪ ⎪⎪ x y x
31 . ⎨ x + 3 y − 2 x = 11 , 32 . ⎨ + − = 3
⎪3x − 2 y + 4 z = 1 ⎪ 5 4 2
⎩ ⎪2x − 2 = 7 y + z = 0
⎪⎩ 3 4
.‫ﺉ‬‫ﺎﻧﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‬ ‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
x − 5 x + 8 x + 11 7 x − 3 x + 31 2 x + 7
33. − < , 34. + <
4 3 6 8 4 3
35 . 5 x + 13 x − 6 < 0 , 36 . x − 8 x + 12 ≥ 0
2 2

4x − 2 x2 + x − 2 1 1
37. > 0 , 38. 2 < 1 , 39. + <0
− 6x + 3 x − 3x + 2 x x2
.‫ﺉ‬‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﮐﺴﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮐ‬
1 2x2 + 3 1
40 . 2 , 41 . , 43 .
x −4 x ( x − 1) 2
x ( x + x + 1)
2

x +2 3x2 −10x +14 x4 − x3 + 2x2 − x + 2

44. . 3 2 , 45 . , 46 .
x + x −6x (x +1)(x − 2)2 (x −1)(x2 + 2)2

212
 ‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪⎧x < 0‬‬ ‫‪⎧x + y ≤ 5‬‬ ‫‪⎧x − 2 y < 8‬‬
‫‪47 .‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪48 .‬‬ ‫⎨‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪49 .‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩y >1‬‬ ‫‪⎩x − y ≥ 0‬‬ ‫‪⎩ y − 2x < 8‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪50.‬‬ ‫‪x 2 − 7 x + 7 < 0 , 51. − x 2 + 6 x − 6 > 0‬‬
‫‪52.‬‬ ‫‪3x − 18 ≤ 27 , 53.‬‬ ‫‪x2 − 6x + 9 ≥ 0‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪y = x − 5 , 55.‬‬ ‫‪y = 4 x , 56.‬‬ ‫‪y = (x + 2) − 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪54.‬‬
‫‪57.‬‬ ‫‪y = 2x2‬‬ ‫‪, 58.‬‬ ‫‪y = x 2 − x − 1 , 59.‬‬ ‫‪y = x2 + 3‬‬

‫‪ .60‬ﺩﺩﻭﻭﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ 28‬ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻳﯥ ‪ 12‬ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .61‬ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪ 21‬ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺍﻭﻟﻨﺊ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .62‬ﺩﺩﻭﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪ 37‬ﺩﯼ ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻟﻮﯼ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻘﺴﻤﺖ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .63‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻫﺮ ﺿﻠﻊ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻳﯥ ‪ 64‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻫﺮﻩ ﺿﻠﻊ ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .64‬ﺩ ﻳﻮﻗﺎﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺿﻠﻊ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻭﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﺿﻠﻌﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻩ ﺍﻭ‪‬ﺩﻩ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﯥ ﺿﻠﻌﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﯥ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .65‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ 2‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﻟﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻢ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﮐﺴﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪ 2‬ﮐﻢ ﺷﻲ‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪213‬‬
‫‪ .66‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﻟﻪ ﺩﻣﺨﻪ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺩ ﺧﭙﻞ ‪‬ﻮﯼ ﺷﭙ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺩﺭﻟﻮﺩﯼ‪ 18 .‬ﮐﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﯼ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﻋﻤﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪‬ﻮﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .67‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻴﻼﺳﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﭘﺸﻘﺎﺑﻮﻧﻪ ‪ 115‬ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﯽ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻼﺳﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺸﻘﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .68‬ﺩ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﭼﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﺩ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪ 68‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .69‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺩﺩﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻭ ﺳﺮﻩ‪5 ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪214‬‬
 ‫ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﭙﺮﻛﻰ‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻣﻬﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺩ ‪‬ﻳﺮﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﺎﻟﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺟﻤﻠﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ‪ ... ، a n ، ... ، a 3 ، a 2 ، a1‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ )ﻳﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ(‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ a1 .‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ n ، a n‬ﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺍ‪‬ﻳﮑﯥ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻧﻮﻡ‬
‫‪2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , ... , 2 n , ...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪1 , 3 , 5 , 7 , ... , 2 n − 1 , ...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗﺎﻗﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪5 , 10 ,15 , 20 , ... , 5n , ...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪ ٥‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬

‫‪1 1 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪, , , ... ,‬‬ ‫‪, ...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪3 6 9‬‬ ‫‪3n‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﺍﻡ ﺣﺪ‪ n ،‬ﻳﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫‪215‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻧﻮﻡ‬
‫)‪a n = 2n , (n = 1,2,3,...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫)‪bn = 2n − 1 , (n = 1,2,3,...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﺗﺎﻗﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫)‪cn = 5n , (n = 1,2,3,...‬‬ ‫ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪dn‬‬ ‫)‪, ( n = 1,2,3,.....‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﺩ‬
‫‪3n‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻤﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﻳﺎ ) ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ(‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﻣﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﮑﻪ ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺗﺎﻗﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺮﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﻧﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺩﯼ؟‬ ‫= ‪bn‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ a n = n 2‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪:   1      2      3     4      5     6                       ‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ a n‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﮐﻮﻱ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ bn‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﮐﻤﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﮑﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ )ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ(‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮﻭ ﺩﻭﻭ ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ )ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭ( ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻳـﻮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﻱ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﯾ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪an + 1 − an = d ⇔ an + 1 = an + d‬‬ ‫)‪, (n = 1,2,3,...‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ d‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻭﺍﻳﯥ ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪216‬‬
 ‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪17‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪, ….‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫‪a6‬‬ ‫‪a5‬‬ ‫‪a4‬‬ ‫‪a3‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ‪ d=3‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪a1 = 2‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪2+3 = 5‬‬
‫‪a3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a2 + d‬‬ ‫‪= 5+3 = 8‬‬
‫‪a4‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a3 + d‬‬ ‫‪= 8 + 3 = 11‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻮﺗﻪ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻮﻝ‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a1‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ d‬ﻣﺸﺮﮎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻭ ‪ a n‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﻭﯼ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﺮ ﮐﺘﻨﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + d‬‬
‫‪a3‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a2 + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+ d)+ d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + 2 d‬‬
‫‪a4‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a3 + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+ 2d ) + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + 3d‬‬
‫‪a5‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a4 + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪(a‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪+ 3d ) + d‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + 4d‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪an‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a1 + (n − 1) d‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ، a1 = 5‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻳﯥ‬
‫‪ d = 2‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺷﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﯥ ‪‬ﻮ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ‬
‫‪a20 = a1 + 19d = 5 + 19.2 = 43‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪a12 = 57‬‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ‪ a6 = 27‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ d‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ‬
‫‪⎧ a1‬‬ ‫‪+ 5d‬‬ ‫‪= 27‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩ a1‬‬ ‫‪+ 11d‬‬ ‫‪= 57‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪a1 = 2,‬‬ ‫‪d =5‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪a1 + a2 + a3 + ..... + an‬‬ ‫] ‪[2a1 + (n − 1) d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ ‪ n‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ‪ S n‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻲ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪S n = a1 + a2 + a3 + ..... + an‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ n = 5‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪⎧ S5 = a1‬‬ ‫) ‪+ (a1 + d ) + (a2 + 2d ) + (a1 + 3d ) + (a1 + 4d‬‬
‫⎨‬
‫‪⎩ S5 = (a1 + 4d ) + (a1 + 3d ) + (a1 + 2d ) + (a1 + d ) +‬‬ ‫‪a1‬‬
‫)‪⇒ 2Sn = (2a1 + 4d) + (2a1 + 4d) + (2a1 + 4d) + (2a1 + 4d) + (a1 + 4d‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 2 S5 = 2(2a1 + 4d ) ⇒ S5‬‬ ‫) ‪(2a1 + 4d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫] ‪[2a1 + (n − 1)d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ ‪ :‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a1‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪ an‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ‪-n‬ﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬

‫‪218‬‬
 ‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪a1 + a 2 + a 3 + ..... + a n‬‬ ‫] ‪[a1 + a n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﻫﻴ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪a1 + a 2 + a3 + ..... + a n‬‬ ‫] ‪[2a1 + (n − 1)d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫] ‪[a1 + a1 + (n − 1)d‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ a n = a1 + ( n − 1) d‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪Sn‬‬ ‫] ‪[a1 + a n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= ‪a1 + a 2 + a3 + ..... + a n‬‬ ‫] ‪[a1 + an‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪ 100‬ﭘﻮﺭﯼ ﺩ ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ ‪ a1 = 1 = d‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫] ‪a1 + a 2 + a3 + ..... + a n = [a1 + a n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ n = 100‬ﺍﻭ ‪ an = 100‬ﮐﯥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫= ‪1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 100‬‬ ‫‪(1 + 100) = 50.101 = 5050‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ‪ a1=1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ d=1‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪n‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ ﻣﺴﻠﺴﻠﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫‪n‬‬ ‫)‪n ( n + 1‬‬
‫= ‪1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n‬‬ ‫= ]‪[2 a1 + ( n − 1) d ] = [2.1 + ( n − 1).1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪219‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺨﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫)‪n ( n + 1‬‬
‫‪1+ 2 + 3 +‬‬ ‫=‪+n‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬

‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺟﻔﺘﻮ ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺩﻱ‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫‪2+4+6+‬‬ ‫= ‪+ 2n‬‬ ‫)‪[2a1 + (n − 1).d ] = n [2.2 + (n − 1).2] = n(n + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪⇒ 2+4+6+‬‬ ‫)‪+ 2 n = n ( n + 1‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻃﺎﻕ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩﯼ ﭼﯽ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪ d = 2‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬ ‫‪a1 = 1‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫= )‪1 + 3 + 5 + ... + ( 2 n − 1‬‬ ‫= ‪[2a1 + ( n − 1) d ] = n [2.1 + ( n − 1)] = n 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1+ 3+ 5 +‬‬ ‫‪+ ( 2 n − 1) = n 2‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ )ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ(‬

‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪‬ﻭﻣﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪r‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪a n +1‬‬
‫)‪= r ⇔ a n +1 = a n r , ( n = 1, 2,3,...‬‬
‫‪an‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﯽ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻭﺧﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ ‪ a1 = 2‬ﺍﻭ ‪ r = 3‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪ a 3 ، a 2‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪a4‬‬

‫‪220‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪a2 = a1 r = 2.3 = 6‬‬
‫‪a3 = a2 r = 6.3 = 18‬‬
‫‪a4 = a3 r = 18.3 = 54‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯥ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬

‫ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﯥ‬ ‫‪a1‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻐﯥ ‪ n‬ﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪an‬‬ ‫‪= a1 r n −1‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪a2‬‬ ‫‪= a1 r‬‬
‫‪a3‬‬ ‫‪= a 2 r = (a1 r ) r = a1 r 2‬‬
‫‪a4‬‬ ‫‪= a 3 r = (a1 r 2 ) r = a1 r 3‬‬
‫‪a5‬‬ ‫‪= a 4 r = (a1 r 3 ) r = a1 r 4‬‬

‫‪⇒ an‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a 1 r n −1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﭘﺮﻟﻪ ﭘﺴﯥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬
‫‪1− rn‬‬
‫‪S n = a1 + a2 + a3 + .... + an = a1‬‬
‫‪1− r‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ ﻳﯥ‬
‫‪S n = a1 + a2 + a3 + .... + an‬‬

‫‪221‬‬
 ‫‪S n = a1 + a1 r + a1 r 2 + a1 r 3 + ....... + a1 r n −1‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ‪ r‬ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪r Sn = r a1 + a1 r 2 + a1 r 3 + a1 r 4 + ....... + a1 r n‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻪ )‪ (1‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ )‪ (2‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﻮﻭ‬

‫)‪r S n − S n = a1 r n − a1 ⇒ S n (r − 1) = a1 (r n − 1‬‬
‫‪rn −1‬‬ ‫‪1− rn‬‬
‫‪S n = a1‬‬ ‫‪= a1‬‬
‫‪r −1‬‬ ‫‪1− r‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ r‬ﻟﻪ )‪ (-1,1‬ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻭאﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ‪ − 1 < r < 1‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﺩ ﻟﻮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ‪ r n‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﻳﺮ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ n‬ﺑﯥ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻧ‪‬ﺩﯤ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ r n‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪1− rn‬‬
‫‪a1 + a 2 + a 3 +‬‬ ‫‪+ a n = a1‬‬
‫‪1− r‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫‪rn = 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪a1‬‬
‫‪a1 + a 2 + a 3 + a 4 +‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪1− r‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪‬ﺊ ﺧﻮﺍﻳﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬

‫)ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ( ﺑﻮﻟﯽ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﮑﻠﯽ ﺷﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪222‬‬
 ‫‪a1‬‬
‫‪a1 + a1 r + a1 r 2 + a1 r 3 +‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪1− r‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪⇒ 1+ r + r2 + r3 +‬‬ ‫=‬
‫‪1− r‬‬

‫‪1 1 1 1‬‬
‫‪ 1 +‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪+ + + + ......... .‬‬
‫‪2 4 8 16‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ‪ a1=1‬ﺍﻭ ‪ r = 1‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1 1 1 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1+‬‬ ‫‪+ + + +‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪=2‬‬
‫‪2 4 8 16‬‬ ‫‪1 − 12 12‬‬
‫ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ‬ ‫‪r=2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪a1 = 2‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ‪ S 5 = a1 + a 2 + a 3 + a 4 + a 5‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪1− r5‬‬
‫‪S n = a1 + a 2 + a3 + a 4 + a 5 = a1‬‬
‫‪1− r‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ‬
‫‪1 − 35‬‬ ‫‪1 − 35 1 − 35‬‬
‫‪2 + 6 + 18 + 54 + 162 = 2.‬‬ ‫‪= 2.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 35 − 1 = 242‬‬
‫‪1− 3‬‬ ‫‪−2‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫=‪r‬‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﮐﯥ ‪ ،a1=27‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﯥ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪S = a1 + a 2 + a 3 + a 4 +‬‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫‪S = a1 + a 2 + a 3 + a 4 + = 1‬‬
‫‪1− r‬‬

‫‪223‬‬
 ‫‪1 1 1‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬
‫‪S = 27 + 9 + 3 + 1 +‬‬ ‫‪+ +‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 40 .5‬‬
‫‪3 9 27‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1−‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ 12‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 0,6 23‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺑﺪﻝ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪0,6 23 = 0,6 23 23 23‬‬ ‫‪= 0.6 + 0.023 + 0,00023 + 0,0000023 + ....‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪10 1000 100000‬‬ ‫‪10000000‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫⎡‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫⎤‬

‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪⎢⎣ 100 10000‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬ ‫⎦⎥‬
‫‪10 1000‬‬

‫⎡ ‪23‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ 1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⎢‬‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫⎜‬ ‫‪⎟ +‬‬ ‫⎥‬
‫⎠ ‪10 1000 ⎣ 100 ⎝ 100‬‬ ‫⎦‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23 1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23 100‬‬

‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫‪10 1000 1 − 1001 10 1000 100‬‬
‫‪99‬‬
‫‪10 1000 99‬‬

‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪594 + 23 617‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫= ‪0 , 6 23‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫‪10 990‬‬ ‫‪990‬‬ ‫‪990‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫‪a9‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺩ ‪ a n = (− 1)n nn+1‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﺊ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ‪ a5 ، a1‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩ …‪ 1,4,9,16,25,‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺩ ‪ an‬ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩ ‪ an = 2nn+1‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﯼ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﺺ؟ ﻭﻟﯥ؟‬

‫‪224‬‬
 ‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻳﺎ ﺩ ‪ an = 2n n‬ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﯼ؟ ﻭﻟﯥ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻟﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺩﻳﻔﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﯥ ﮐﻮﻡ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯽ ﺩﯼ‬
‫‪I. 3 , 6 , 9 , ...‬‬ ‫‪II. 25, 19 ,13, ....‬‬ ‫‪III. 5 , 10 , 14 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪k − 1 , k + 1 , 3k − 1 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﺗﻠﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﺗﻠﺴﻮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 , 6 , 10 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻧﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻳﺸﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ‪ 49‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﺯ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪10 , 4 , − 2 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ 41‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭﻟﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﯥ‪ 77‬ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﮐﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﮐﯥ ‪ a1=7‬ﺍﻭ ‪ a9=77‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﮐﻮﻡ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﯥ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪1 1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪I. 4 , 8 , 16 , ... II. 1 , , , ... III. 12 , − 4 , , ...‬‬
‫‪4 16‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ -12‬ﺩ ‪ k‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﻧﯥ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪2k − 1 , 3k + 1 , 6k + 2 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -13‬ﺍﻭﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻴﻮ ﺍﻭﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯼ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﮐﯽ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫‪12 , 16 ,‬‬ ‫‪, ...‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ -14‬ﻧﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻴﻮ ﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪225‬‬
 ‫‪4 , − 6 , 9 , ...‬‬
‫‪ -15‬ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪I . an = 3n − 4 , n = 1,2,3,...‬‬
‫‪n‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪an = 2 ⎜ ⎟ ,‬‬ ‫‪n = 1, 2 ,3,...‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝3‬‬
‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪ -16‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ‪‬ﻠﻮﺭﻡ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﯼ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻟﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -17‬ﭘﻪ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪ ،a1=8‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪،3‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ‪an‬‬ ‫ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -18‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫‪an = b n + c‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪II .‬‬ ‫‪bn = 2 n‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪III .‬‬ ‫‪cn = α e β n‬‬
‫‪IV .‬‬ ‫‪d n = (1 + p ) n , p ≠ 0‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪V.‬‬ ‫‪en = e n‬‬
‫( ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ‬ ‫‪ ( 243‬ﺍﻭ )‬ ‫‪ -19‬ﺩ ) ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 2‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻳﻮ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺷﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪2,‬‬ ‫‪, , ...‬‬ ‫‪ -20‬ﻭ‪‬ﻴﺊ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫‪3 9‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -21‬ﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 9‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻭﺳﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -22‬ﺩ ‪ 1 + 13 + (13 ) + ...‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﯥ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﯥ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ -23‬ﺩ ) ‪ a n = ( 12‬ﻫﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪n‬‬

‫‪ -24‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﯤ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪I . 24 + 12 + 6 + ...‬‬
‫‪II . 25 − 20 + 16 + ...‬‬

‫‪226‬‬
‫‪III . 0,6‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0,06‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪0,006‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪...‬‬
‫‪ -25‬ﺩ ‪ x = 0,0 123 123 123 ...‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﺴﺮ ﺩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﻫﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﺴﯽ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﮐﺴﺮ ﻳﯥ ﺑﺪﻝ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪227‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻭﻡ ‪‬ﭙﺮﻛﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﻯ ﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻮ ﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻧﺪﻟﻴﺪﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺍﻭﺑﻮ ﺩ‬
‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﻮ ﺩ ﺟﻤﺴﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﮐﺘﻴﻒ ﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﺍﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺗﻮ ﺩ ﻗﻀﻴﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺰﻳﮏ ﺩ ‪‬ﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻮ ﭘﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐﯥ ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺨﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺑﺮﺧﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻨ‪ ‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺣﻘﯿﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺎﺣﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻭﺭﮐﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ ‪ y‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ‬

‫) ‪1. a x a y = a x + y , 2. (a x‬‬ ‫‪= a x. y‬‬

‫‪y‬‬

‫‪ax‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x− y‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫(‬‫‪a‬‬‫‪.‬‬‫‪b‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫‪= a xb x‬‬
‫‪ay‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛a‬‬ ‫‪ax‬‬
‫= ⎟ ⎜ ‪5.‬‬ ‫‪, b ≠ 0 , 6. a x = a y ⇔ x = y‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝b‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬

‫‪= b‬‬ ‫‪x‬‬
‫⇔‬ ‫‪a = b‬‬

‫‪228‬‬
 ‫ﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﻟ‪ ‬ﺗﺮﻟ‪‬ﻩ ﺩ ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ‬
‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬ ‫=‪y‬‬ ‫= ‪ x‬ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬
‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪ps‬‬ ‫‪qr‬‬

‫‪a a = a a = a a = qs a ps‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬ ‫‪s‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬
‫‪a qr = qs a ps a qr‬‬
‫‪ps + qr‬‬ ‫‪ps qr‬‬ ‫‪p r‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪= a‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬ ‫‪ps + qr‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬ ‫‪qs‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬ ‫‪qs qs‬‬
‫‪=a‬‬ ‫‪q s‬‬
‫‪= a x+ y .‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫= ) ‪(5 )(5‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬

‫‪1‬‬

‫⎟⎞ ‪( 7 ) = ⎛⎜ 7‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1 1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪3 5‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫⎛‬ ‫⎞ ‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫⎟ ‪= ⎜x‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪x6‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫⎠ ⎝‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪x2‬‬ ‫‪1 1‬‬

‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪3−2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2 3‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪x6.‬‬
‫‪x3‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪− 33(2 x ) + 4 = 0‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪2 x +3‬‬

‫‪2 2 x + 3 − 33.(2 x ) + 4 = 0 ⇒ 2 3 (2 x ) − 33(2 x ) + 4 = 0‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﮐﻮﻭ ‪ . y = 2‬ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬

‫‪x‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫= ‪8 y 2 − 33 y + 4 = 0 ⇒ y1 = 4 , y 2‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪⎧ 2 = 2 ⇒ x1 = 2‬‬
‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫⎪‬
‫‪⇒⎨ x 1‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫⎩⎪‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫=‬ ‫‪−‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪8‬‬

‫‪229‬‬
‫ﺩﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻟﮑﻪ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﯼ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪6 . 4 π .4 2 = 4 π + 2‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫) ‪(6‬‬‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪= 62 3‬‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫‪8.‬‬ ‫) ‪(4 x y‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪π‬‬
‫‪= 4 π x 2π y π‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪= 5 2−‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ x = b y‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 1 ≠ b > 0‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ y‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ﺩ ‪ b‬ﭘﻪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻭﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻴﮑﻮ ﭼﯥ ‪. y = log b x‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪x = b y ⇔ y = log b x ⇒ x = blog x‬‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛1‬‬
‫‪10. 8 = 2 3 ⇔ log 2 8 = 3 , 11. 8 = ⎜ ⎟ ⇔ log 1 8 = −3‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ 2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪12. 1000 = 10 ⇔ log 10 1000 = 3‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫‪13. 0,0001 = 10 − 4 ⇔ log 10 0,0001 = −4‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ‪ α ، y ، x‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪1. log a 1 = 0 ,‬‬ ‫‪2. log a a = 1 ,‬‬

‫‪230‬‬
3. log a ( x. y ) = log a x + log a y
⎛x⎞
4 . log a ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = log a x − log a y
⎝ y⎠
5 . log a ( x α ) = α log a x
6 . log a x . log b a = log b x
1
7 . log a x = log a x , α ∈ R
α
α

8. (log b
a ). (log a
b)= 1
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
1. 1 = a 0 ⇒ log a 1 = 0
2. a = a 1 ⇒ log a a = 1
⎧log a x = u ⇒ x = a
u

3. ⎨ ⇒ xy = a u a v ⇒ xy = a u + v
⎩log a y = v ⇒ y = a
v

⇒ log a ( xy ) = u + v = log a x + log a y

⇒ log a ( xy ) = log a x + log a y
⎧ log a x = u ⇒ x = a u x ax x
4. ⎨ ⇒ = ⇒ = a u −v
⎩ log a y = v ⇒ y = a
y
v
y a y
x
⇒ log a = u − v = log a x − log a y
y
5. loga x = u ⇒ x = a u ⇒ x α = ( a u )α ⇒ x α = a αu
⇒ log a x α = α .u = α log a x

⎧log a x = u ⇒ x = a
u

6. ⎨ ⇒ x = (b v ) ⇒ x = b uv
⎩ log b a = v ⇒ a = b
v

231
⇒ log b x = uv = log a x log b a
7. loga x = u ⇒ x = a u ⇒ x α = a αu ⇒ x α = (a α ) u
⇒ log a x α = u ⇒ α log a x = log a x
α α

1
⇒ log a x = log a x
α
α

‫( ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﮑﻠﯽ ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ‬6) ‫ﺩ‬

8. log b a . log a b = log b b = 1
‫ﻧﺘﯿﺠﻪ‬
:‫ﯼ ﭼﯥ‬‫ﺨﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‬ ‫( ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ‬7) ‫ﻟﻪ‬
α
log xα = log a x = log a x
aα
α
.‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
14. log 2 18 = log 2 (2.9) = log 2 2 + log 2 (32 ) = 1 + 2. log 2 3

15. log 2 128 = log 2 (2 7 ) = 7. log 2 2 = 7.1 = 7

⎛ xy ⎞
16. logb ⎜ ⎟ = logb ( xy) − logb z = logb x + logb y − logb z
⎝z⎠
4x
17. logb 4 + logb x − logb 3 = logb (4x) − logb 3 = logb ( )
3
1
1
18. log 2 11 = log 2 (11) 2 = log 2 11 ;
2
2

⎛ x⎞ 2 3
⎛ x⎞ 2
19. log b ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = log b ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟ = (log b x − log b y ) .
⎝ y⎠ 3 ⎝ y⎠ 3

232
 ‫ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ‬
‫ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﮐﯥ ﻳﯥ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﻟﺮﻭﻧﮑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺑﻠﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻮ ﮐﯥ ‪‬ﻴﻨﯥ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻃﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺦ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ ﭼﯥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪‬ﻪ ﺩﺍﻭﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﹰﺎ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪log( x − 2) + log( x − 5) = 1‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ x‬ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩ ‪ x − 5 > 0‬ﺍﻭ ‪ x − 2 > 0‬ﺷﺮﻃﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﯥ ‪ x > 5‬ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ‬

‫‪log( x − 2) + log( x − 5) = 1 ⇒ log[( x − 2)( x − 5)] = 1‬‬

‫‪⇒ ( x − 2 )( x − 5) = 10 ⇒ x 2 − 7 x + 10 = 10 ⇒ x 2 − 7 x = 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ x( x − 7 ) = 0 ⇒ x1 = 0 , x2 = 7‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ x1 = 0‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪ x2 = 7 > 5‬ﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻧﯥ ﺟﺬﺭ ﺩﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ 22 x − 10 ⋅ 2 x + 16 = 0‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪22 x − 10 ⋅ 2 x + 16 = 0 ⇒ (2‬‬ ‫)‬
‫‪x 2‬‬
‫‪− 10 ⋅ 2 x + 16 = 0‬‬
‫‪⇒ y 2 − 10 y + 16 = 0 ⇒ ( y − 2 )( y − 8) = 0‬‬
‫‪y1 = 2‬‬ ‫‪2x = 2‬‬ ‫‪x =1‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫‪⇒ x‬‬ ‫⇒‬ ‫‪⇒ x1 = 1 , x2 = 3‬‬
‫‪y2 = 8 2 = 2 3‬‬ ‫‪x=3‬‬

‫‪233‬‬
 ‫‪22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪log10 [( x − 21) x] = 2 ⇒ ( x − 21)x = 102 ⇒ x2 − 21x − 100 = 0‬‬
‫‪(x − 25)(x + 4) = 0‬‬ ‫‪⇒ x1 = 25 , x2 = −4‬‬
‫‪ 23‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﯽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪log10 x + log10 4 = 2 ⇒ log10 (4x) = 2 ⇒ 4x = 102 ⇒ x = 25 .‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ(‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﯾﯥ ﺩ ‪ log 10 x‬ﯾﺎ ‪ log x‬ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻟﻴﮑﻰ‬
‫‪log x := log 10 x‬‬
‫‪ 24‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻴﻨﻮ ‪‬ﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫‪x 0.001‬‬ ‫‪0.01‬‬ ‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬

‫‪log x‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ x‬ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺷﮑﻞ ‪ x = a ⋅ 10 c‬ﻭﻟﻴﮑﻞ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪ 1 ≤ a < 10‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪log x = log (a.10 c ) = log a + log 10 c = log a + c log 10 = log a + c‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻭﻳﻞ‬ ‫‪log x‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ‪ c‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ )ﮐﺮﮐﺘﺮﺳﺘﻴﮏ( ﺍﻭ ‪ m = log a‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ 1 ≤ a < 10‬ﻧﻮ ‪ 0 ≤ log a < 1‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ‪0 ≤ m < 1‬‬

‫‪ 25‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪a.‬‬ ‫)‪log(527) = log[(5,27) × 102 ] = log(5,27) + 2 ⇒ c = 2, m = log(5,27‬‬

‫‪234‬‬
‫)‪b. log(95000) = log[(9,5) × 10 4 ] = log(9,5) + 4 ⇒ c = 4, m = log(9,5‬‬
‫‪c. log(0,00005) = log(5 × 10−5 ) = log 5 − 5 ⇒ c = −5 ,‬‬ ‫‪m = log 5‬‬
‫‪d . log(1000) = log103 = 3 log10 = 3 ⇒ c = 3 , m = 0‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﭼﯥ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﯽ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﯽ ﺧﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﯥ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 26‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ log(4,81) = 0,6821‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪I . log(48100) = log[(4,81) × 10 4 ] = log(4,81) + log 10 4‬‬
‫‪= 0,6821 + 4 = 4,6821‬‬
‫‪II . log(481) = log[(4,81) × 10 2 ] = log(4,81) + log 10 2‬‬
‫‪= 0,6821 + 2 = 2,6821‬‬
‫‪III. log(0,00481) = log[(4,81) × 10 −3 ] = log(4,81) + log10 −3‬‬
‫‪= 0,6821 − 3 = −3 + 0,6821 = 3 , 6821‬‬
‫‪IV . log(0,0481) = log[(4,81) × 10 −2 ] = log(4,81) + log 10 −2‬‬
‫‪= 0,6821 − 2 = −2 + 0,6821 = 2 , 6821‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﯥ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﯿﺲ‬ ‫ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ‬

‫‪48100‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬ ‫‪4,6821‬‬
‫‪481‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬ ‫‪2,6821‬‬
‫‪4,81‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬
‫‪0,0481‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬ ‫‪-1,3179‬‬
‫‪0,00481‬‬ ‫‪-3‬‬ ‫‪0,6821‬‬ ‫‪-2,3179‬‬

‫‪235‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﯿ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻮ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﮐﻮﻡ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺩﻱ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 0.68219‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻟﻮﯼ ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻢ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 27‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪425‬‬ ‫‪9680‬‬ ‫‪2345,9‬‬ ‫‪200000‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﭼﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﯽ ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﭼﭗ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ ﺻﻔﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﮐﻢ ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 28‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫‪0,128‬‬ ‫‪0,041‬‬ ‫‪0,00065‬‬ ‫‪0,00001‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬ ‫‪-2‬‬ ‫‪-4‬‬ ‫‪-5‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ ﺩ )‪ (2‬ﺍﻭ )‪ (3‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻭﻧﻮ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍ‪‬ﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ 493‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﭘﻪ ‪ 49‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﮐﯥ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫‪ 598‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﺎ ﭘﻪ ‪ 59‬ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﮐﯥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﺮﻱ )ﺩﺩﺭﯼ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ( ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪99‬‬

‫‪236‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻟﻴﮑﻞ ﺷﻮﯼ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻴﺎ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺮ ‪ 999‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﭘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﻮﻳﺪﯼ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﮐﻮﻟﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍ‪‬ﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 29‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫‪I . log(48100) = 4 + 0,6821 = 4,6821‬‬
‫‪II . log(0,00481) = −3 + 0,6821 = 3,6821‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﮐ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪3,6821 = −3 + 0,6821 = −2,3179‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﯽ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ y = log x‬ﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﯥ ‪x = 10 y = anti log y‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪log1000 = 3 ⇔ anti log 3 = 103 = 1000‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﻮ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻫﻐﯽ ﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻋﻼﻣﯥ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻣﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 30‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ N‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ‪ log N = 1,7016‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ‪ m = 0.7016‬ﺍﻭ ‪ c=1‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﯤ ﺩﺻﺤﻴﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﯧﺮ ﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ‪ 2‬ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ‬
‫‪ m = 0.7016‬ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 503‬ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺩﯼ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪N = 50,3‬‬

‫ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 31‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ N‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﯼ ﭼﯥ ‪ log N = −2.3179‬ﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪237‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫‪logN = −2,3179= −2 − 0,3179= −3 +1− 0,3179= −3 + 0,6821‬‬
‫ـﯥ‬
‫ـﻪ ﭼـ‬‫ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ـ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ‪3‬‬ ‫ـﺮﻩ ‪0.6821‬‬ ‫ـﺐ ﺳـ‬
‫ـﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـ‬
‫ﭘـ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 481‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘـﻪ‬ ‫‪0.6821‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ N‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺩ ‪ 3‬ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺩﯼ ﭘـﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠـﻪ ﮐـﯥ‬
‫‪ .‬ﺩﻳﺎﺩﻭﻧﯥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺩﻩ ﭼﯥ‬ ‫‪0.00481‬‬
‫‪log N = −2.3179 ⇔ N = 10 −2.3179 = 0,00481‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺮﭘﻮﻟﯿﺸﻦ‬
‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﯽ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ﮐﻠﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺷﻤﻴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻠﻮﻭﺭﻭ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﻧﺸﻮ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻲ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﻴﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻭﻟﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﹰﺎ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﻲ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺩﯤ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﺮﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﭘﻮﻟﻴﺸﻦ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﯥ ﻳﺎﺩﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ log 5.235‬ﭘﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ 5.235‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﯤ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﯽ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ ﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﻮﻟﻮ ﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﺩﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ ﺩﺍ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﭘﺮﻭﺕ ﻭﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪5.23<5.235<5.24‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ‪ 5,23‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 5,24‬ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻳﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻯ‬

‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪log N‬‬

‫⎫‪⎧5.230‬‬ ‫⎫‪⎧0.7185‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪0‬‬‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪005‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫⎪‬
‫⎭⎬‪0.010⎨5.235‬‬ ‫⎨‬
‫⎩‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫‪⎬0.0008‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩ 5 240‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫⎭⎪ ‪0. 7193‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻓﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ‬

‫‪0.01‬‬ ‫‪0.0008‬‬
‫‪0.005‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫‪0.01 0.0008‬‬ ‫)‪(0,005)(0,0008‬‬
‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒d‬‬ ‫‪= 0,0004‬‬
‫‪0.005‬‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪0,01‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ‬
‫‪x = log 5.235 = log 5.23 + d = 0.7185 + 0.0004 = 0.7189‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺩ ‪ 52350‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻫﻐﯥ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻲ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻟ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪ log N = 1.7206‬ﻭﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪ N‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﻯ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻳﻌﻨﯥ ‪ 0.7206‬ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﯥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﺩﯼ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﯥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺲ ﻳﯥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﭘﺮﻭﺕ ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻳﻮ ‪ 0.7202‬ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ‬
‫‪ 5,250‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﯼ ﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻞ ‪ 0.7210‬ﺩﯼ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ‬
‫‪ 5, 60‬ﻋﺪﺩﯼ ﭘﻮﺭﯼ ﺗ‪‬ﻟﯽ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﻃﺮﺣﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪239‬‬
 ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪log N‬‬
‫⎫‪⎧5.250‬‬ ‫⎫‪0.7202‬‬
‫⎪‬ ‫‪d‬‬ ‫⎨⎧‪, 0.0004‬‬ ‫⎪‬
‫⎭⎬ ‪0.010⎨ y‬‬ ‫⎩‬‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪7206‬‬ ‫‪⎬0.0008‬‬
‫‪⎪⎩ 5.260‬‬ ‫⎭⎪ ‪0.7210‬‬

‫ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬

‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪0.0004‬‬
‫‪0.010‬‬ ‫‪0.0008‬‬

‫‪d‬‬ ‫‪0,0004‬‬ ‫)‪(0,0004)(0,010‬‬

‫⇒‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪⇒d‬‬ ‫‪= 0,005‬‬
‫‪0,010 0,0008‬‬ ‫‪0,0008‬‬
‫‪⇒ y = 5.250 + d = 5.250 + 0.005 = 5.255‬‬
‫ﯾﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻪ ﮐﻠﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﻗﺖ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ‪ 4563‬ﺍﻭ ‪ 456‬ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﺩ ﻏﻮ‪‬ﺘﻨﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﻢ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﺩﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻴﺴﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮﯼ ﺩﺩﺭﯤ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﺎﻧ‪‬ﻴﺴﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺮﭘﻮﻟﻴﺸﻦ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﻫﻤﺪﯼ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﯽ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻦ ﻭﺭ‪ ‬ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺩ ﺟﻴﺒﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭘﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻧﯥ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺪﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻲ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﻨﻲ ﻭﺧﺖ ﮐﯥ ﻟﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮﻳﺪﻭ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﯿﻌﯽ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭼﯥ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻳﯥ ﺩ ﺍﻭﻳﻠﺮ ﻋﺪﺩ )…‪ (e=2.718281‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺩ ﻗﻀﻴﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﻭ ﺩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺟﻤﻠﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻟﻴﻤﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﻭ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪240‬‬
 ‫‪ln x := log e x‬‬
‫‪e = 2 . 7182818285 ...‬‬
‫‪‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ ‪ e log x = x, log e e x = x‬ﺑﻨﺎﭘﺮﺩﯤ‬
‫‪e‬‬

‫‪e ln x = x , ln e x = x‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻮ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺩﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﯤ ‪ 10‬ﺍﻭ ‪ e‬ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻨﻪ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪log a x log b a = log b x‬‬

‫‪log 10 x log e 10 = log e x ⇒ log x ln 10 = ln x‬‬

‫‪log e x log 10 e = log 10 x ⇒ ln x log e = log x‬‬

‫ﺧﻮ ﺩ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻏﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺨﻪ‬
‫‪log e = 0,434294 ... , ln 10 = 2,302584 ...‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﯼ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻪ )ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ(‬

‫ﺩ ﺍﻋﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﯥ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﮑﻨﯥ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﯥ ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻲ ﺿﺮﺏ ﭘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻪ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺟﺬﺭ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﯥ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﺩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﭘﻮﻟﻴﺸﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﯥ ﺗﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ‪ (1.08)65‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﻭ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﯼ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ ‪ 52 954658‬ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻤﮑﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺧﻮ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻮﻧﯥ ﻻﺱ ﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﺗﻠﯽ ﺷﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪241‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ‪‬ﺎﻧﻮ ﺩ ‪‬ﻟﻜﻴﻮ )ﻛﻼﺳﻮﻧﻮ( ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻴﻤ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺭﺳﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 32‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ )‪ p = 100(1.08‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬

‫[‬ ‫]‬
‫)‪log p = log 100.(1,08) = log100 + log(1.08) = 2 + 10 log(1.08‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪= 2 + 10(0,0334) = 2.334 ⇒ log p = 2,334‬‬

‫‪⇒ p = anti log(2.334) = 215,8 ⇒ 100(108) = 215.8‬‬
‫‪10‬‬

‫‪ 33‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ q = (7.284 ) .‬ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫) ‪log q = log (7 .284‬‬ ‫‪= 5 log (7 .284 ) = 5(0 .8623 ) = 4,3115‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫‪q = anti log (4 .3115 ) ⇒ q = 20490 ⇒ (7 .284 ) = 20490‬‬

‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪−‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪p‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬
‫‪= r‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪2 = 16‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫=‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4. log3 81 = 4 , 5. log0.1 100 = −2 , 6. log3 = −2‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻫﺮﻳﻮ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪log 1 8‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬ ‫‪log‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪log 5 125 5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﯥ ﺣﻞ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪10. log5 x = 2 , 11. log4 y = −‬‬ ‫‪, 12. logx 81 = 4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪242‬‬
 ‫‪ -‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﭘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻧﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﺩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﮑﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪uv‬‬ ‫‪u2‬‬
‫‪13 . log a ( xyz ) , 14 . log a‬‬ ‫‪, 15 . log 2‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪u 2v3‬‬ ‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪16. log 4‬‬ ‫‪, 17. log‬‬ ‫‪, 18. log 5 x 3 y − 2 z‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪v‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﭼﯥ ‪log 3 = 0.4771 ، log 2 = 0.3010‬‬

‫‪ log 5 = 0.6990 ،‬ﺍﻭ ‪ log 7 = 0.8451‬ﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪19. log105 , 20. log108 , 21. log 3 72 , 22. log 2100‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻩ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﯥ ﻳﻮ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪23. log 3 − log 8 + log 24 , 24. log 6 − 2 log 3 + log 54‬‬
‫‪25 .‬‬ ‫‪log x − 5 log y + 4 log 7 − 10 log x + log xyz + log x‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮ ﺩ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪26. 45000 , 27. 19.234 , 28. 0.00013 , 29. log0.23‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ ‪ log 87.2 1.9405 ‬ﭘﻪ ﭘﺎﻡ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻟﻮ‪‬ﺎﺭﺗﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻭ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪30 . log 87200‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪31 . log 0 .00872 , 32 . log 0 .872‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪33. logx 0.00001 = 5 , 34. log0.01 x = −3 , 35. log10 x = −4‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ ‪ N‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪36 .‬‬ ‫‪log N = 5‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪37 .‬‬ ‫‪log N = − 5‬‬ ‫‪, 38 . log N = − 1‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪39 .‬‬ ‫‪log x (log a a x ) ,‬‬ ‫‪40 .‬‬ ‫) ‪log 3 (log 3 27 ) ⋅ log 2 (log 2 64‬‬

‫‪243‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺗﻢ ‪‬ﭙﺮﮐﯽ‬
‫ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﺸﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻀﻴﻮ ﺩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﯤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﯥ ﺭﻭﺍﺝ ﻟﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﭼﯥ ﻫﻐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻗﻀﻴﯥ ﺩ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻮ ﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻳﻮﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﯥ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺩﯤ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻮ ﺩ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺘﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻮ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﭘﻪ ﻻﺱ ﺭﺍﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﻐﯥ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﻤﻐﻪ ﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﯥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺩ ﻓﺮﺿﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺑﻠﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻮ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺍ‪‬ﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﻗﻀﻴﻮ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻮﻧﻮ ﮐﯥ ﺗﺮﯤ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﻴﺴﺘﻞ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﯥ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻫﻐﯥ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ )ﺩﻭﻩ ﺣﺪﻩ( ﭘﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮐﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﻧ‪‬ﮐﺸﻦ )ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ(‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺭﻭﺵ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ) ‪ P (n‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﯤ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﮐﯧ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ P (n‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺩ ﮐﻮﭼﻨﻲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪) n‬ﻳﺮ ﻭﺧﺖ ﺩ‬
‫‪ ( n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ) ‪ P (n‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n = k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺩﻭﻫﻤﯥ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﯥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﯥ ﺩ ) ‪ P (n‬ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﺩ ‪ n = k + 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ .1‬ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﺘﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ‪:‬‬

‫‪244‬‬
 ‫)‪n (n + 1‬‬
‫‪P (n ) : 1 + 2 + 3 +‬‬ ‫=‪+n‬‬ ‫) ‪(i‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺩ ‪ n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻮ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﺊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺩﻭ‪ .‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻱ ﭼﯥ )‪ P (1‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪n =1‬‬
‫)‪1(1 + 1‬‬
‫= ‪P (1)⇒ 1‬‬ ‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯽ ﺯﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﺩ ‪ n = k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﯥ‬
‫‪n =k‬‬
‫)‪k (k + 1‬‬
‫‪P (k )⇒1 + 2 + 3 +‬‬ ‫= ‪+k‬‬ ‫) ‪(ii‬‬
‫‪k‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ (ii‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩ‬
‫‪ n = k + 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ) ‪ (ii‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﺗﻪ ‪k + 1‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﻭ‬
‫)‪k (k + 1‬‬
‫‪(1 + 2 + 3 +‬‬ ‫= )‪+ k ) + (k + 1‬‬ ‫)‪+ (k + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪k (k + 1) + 2(k + 1‬‬
‫= )‪⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + + k + (k + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫= )‪⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + + k + (k + 1‬‬
‫)‪(k + 1)(k + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩ ‪ n = k + 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﭘﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n ≥ 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻭﻛﺎﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪P(n ) : 2 + 4 + 6 +‬‬ ‫)‪+ 2n = n (n + 1‬‬ ‫) ‪(i‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪245‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺩﯤ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﯽ ﺩ ‪ n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ‪‬ﻴﻮ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﭘﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‬
‫ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪‬ﺩﻭ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﻫﻐﻪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐ‪‬ﻱ ﻧﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮﯼ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻱ ﭼﯥ )‪ P (1‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﯼ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺪﻝ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪n =1‬‬
‫‪P(1)⇒ 2 = 1(1 + 1) = 2‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺪﻡ ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺯﻣﻮ‪ ‬ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﺩ ‪ n = k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪n =k‬‬
‫)‪P(k )⇒ 2 + 4 + 6 + + 2k = k (k + 1‬‬ ‫) ‪(ii‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﺩ ) ‪ (ii‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯽ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩ ‪ n = k + 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﯼ ﺩﺩﯤ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ) ‪ (ii‬ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﺗﻪ )‪ 2(k + 1‬ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(2 + 4 + 6 + + 2k ) + 2(k + 1) = k (k + 1) + 2(k + 1‬‬
‫)‪⇒ 2 + 4 + 6 + + 2k + 2(k + 1) = (k + 1)(k + 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩ ‪ k+1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪n( n + 1)( 2n + 1‬‬
‫= ‪12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + n 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩ ) ‪ P (n‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻪ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﺴﻮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪n ( n + 1)( 2 n + 1‬‬
‫‪P (n) :‬‬ ‫= ‪12 + 2 2 + 3 2 + ... + n 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ k=1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫)‪1(1 + 1)( 2.1 + 1‬‬
‫= ‪P (1) : 12‬‬ ‫‪=1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ )‪ P(1‬ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ )‪ P(k‬ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﯼ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‪:‬‬
‫)‪k ( k + 1)( 2k + 1‬‬
‫= ‪P ( k ) : 12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺱ ﻏﻮﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻮ ﭼﯽ )‪ P(k+1‬ﻫﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻧﻮ ﺩ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ‪ (k+1)2‬ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮﻭ‬

‫‪246‬‬
‫‪12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2 + ( k + 1) 2‬‬
‫)‪⎡k(2k +1‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫⎢)‪⇒12 + 22 + 32 + ...+ k 2 + (k +1)2 = (k +1‬‬ ‫⎥‪+ k +1‬‬
‫‪⎣ 6‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫‪2k + 7k + 6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫)‪⇒ 12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2 + (k + 1) 2 = (k + 1‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫]‪(k + 1)[(k + 1) + 1)][(2(k + 1) + 1‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2 + (k + 1) 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫)‪(k + 1)(k + 2)(2k + 3‬‬
‫= ‪⇒ 12 + 2 2 + 32 + ... + k 2 + (k + 1) 2‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ )‪ P(k+1‬ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯥ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪13 + 2 3 + 33 + ... + n 3 = (1 + 2 + 3 + .... + n ) 2‬‬
‫)‪n ( n + 1‬‬
‫= ‪ 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n‬ﺩﯼ ﻧﻮ ﺩ )‪P(n‬‬ ‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫⎤ )‪⎡ n ( n + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎢ = ‪1 + 2 + 3 + ... + n‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫⎦⎥ ‪⎣ 2‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ k=1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫⎤ )‪⎡1.(1 + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎢ = ‪P (1) : 13‬‬
‫⎦⎥ ‪⎣ 2‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ )‪ P(1‬ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ‪ k=1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯽ ﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ )‪ P(k‬ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﯼ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫⎤ )‪⎡ k ( k + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎢ = ‪P ( k ) : 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫⎦⎥ ‪⎣ 2‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺍ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺩ )‪ P(k+1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﯽ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻭ ﺗﻪ‬
‫‪ (k+1)3‬ﻭﺭﺯﻳﺎﺗﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪247‬‬
 ‫⎤ )‪⎡ k ( k + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎢ = )‪1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + ( k + 1‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪k‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬‫)‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫⎦⎥ ‪⎣ 2‬‬
‫‪2 ⎡k‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫⎤ ‪+ 4k + 4‬‬
‫⎢ )‪⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + (k + 1) = (k + 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫⎦⎥‬
‫⎣‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2 ⎡k‬‬ ‫⎤‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎥‪⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + (k + 1) = (k + 1) ⎢ + k + 1‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪⎣4‬‬ ‫⎦‬
‫) ‪( k + 1) ( k + 2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫= ‪⇒ 1 3 + 2 3 + 3 3 + ... + k 3 + ( k + 1) 3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫⎤]‪⎡ ( k + 1)[( k + 1) + 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫⎢ = )‪⇒ 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + k + ( k + 1‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫⎦⎥‬
‫⎣‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪1‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ؟‬

‫‪(1 + a ) n ≥ 1 + na‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪a>0‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﺩ ‪ n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪(1 + a )1 = 1 + 1.a ⇒ (1 + a )1 ≥ 1 + 1.a‬‬
‫ﻧﻮ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ ‪ n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﮐﻴﻔﯽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‬
‫‪(1 + a ) k ≥ 1 + ka‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪:‬ﺍﻭﺱ ﺩ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﺊ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ ) ‪ (1 + a‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪﯤ ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‬
‫) ‪(1 + a ) k (1 + a ) ≥ (1 + ka )(1 + a‬‬
‫‪⇒ (1 + a ) k +1 ≥ 1 + a + ka + ka 2 ≥ 1 + a + ka‬‬
‫‪⇒ (1 + a ) k +1 ≥ 1 + (k + 1)a.‬‬

‫‪248‬‬
 ‫ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﺪﻕ ﮐﻮﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩ ‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﯾﻞ‬
‫ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻳﻞ ﺩﺍ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫‪n!= 1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3‬‬ ‫‪(n − 1)n‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫) ‪n ! = n (n − 1)(n − 2‬‬ ‫‪3 ⋅ 2 ⋅1‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻓﮑﺘﻮﺭﻳﻞ ﺩ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻴ‪‬ﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪6. 1! = 1 , 7. 2 ! = 1⋅ 2 = 2 , 8. 3! = 3 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 1 = 6‬‬
‫‪9. 4 ! = 4 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 1 = 24 , 10. 5! = 5 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 1 = 120‬‬
‫‪( n + 1)! ( n + 1). n .( n − 1) .... 3.2.1‬‬
‫‪11 .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= n +1‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬ ‫‪n .( n − 1) .... 3.2.1‬‬
‫!‪9‬‬ ‫‪9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3.2.1‬‬ ‫‪7 .8 .9 .‬‬
‫‪12 .‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 84‬‬
‫) ‪( 3! )( 6! ) ( 3 . 2 . 1) ( 6 . 5 . 4 . 3.2.1‬‬ ‫‪1 .2 .3‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬ ‫‪n.(n − 1)....3.2.1‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬ ‫=‬
‫]‪(r!)(n − r)! [r.(r − 1)...3.2.1][(n − r).(n − r − 1)....3.2.1‬‬
‫)‪n.( n − 1).( n − 2)...( n − r + 1‬‬
‫=‬
‫!‪r‬‬
‫ﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ‪ r‬ﺍﻭ ‪ n‬ﺩﻭﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻱ ‪ . 0 ≤ r ≤ n‬ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﺍﻭ ‪r‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫!‪n‬‬ ‫)‪n( n − 1)( n − 2)( n − 3) ... ( n − r + 1‬‬
‫=‪C nr :‬‬ ‫=‬
‫! ) ‪r!.( n − r‬‬ ‫!‪r‬‬
‫⎞‪⎛n‬‬
‫‪‬ﻴﻨﯥ ﺩ ‪ Cnr‬ﺩ ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ﭘﺮ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﺩ ⎟⎟ ⎜⎜ ﺳﻤﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪r‬‬‫⎠ ⎝‬

‫‪249‬‬
 :‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
5! 5! 5⋅4⋅3
14 . C 53 = = = =1
3! (5 − 3)! (3!)(2!) 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3
5! 5! 5⋅4
15 . C 52 = = = = 10
2! (5 − 2 )! (2!)(3!) 1 ⋅ 2
5! 5! 5! 5!
16. C50 = = = 1 , 17. C55 = = =1
0! (5 − 0)! 1(5!) 5! (5 − 5)! (5!)0!

‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﻭﻱ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬0 ≤ r ≤ n ‫ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺳﯥ ﭼﯥ‬n ‫ ﺍﻭ‬r ‫ﺩ ﺩﻭﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ‬

(i ) C r −1
n
+ C nr = C nr+1
(ii ) C r
n
= C nn − r
(iii ) C 0
n
= 1 = C nn
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‬
n! n!
(i ) C nr −1 + C nr = +
( r − 1)! ( n − r + 1)! r!( n − r )!
r(n!) + (n − r + 1)n! n!(r + n − r + 1) (n +1)!
= = = = Cnr+1
(n − r + 1)(n − r)!r(r −1)! (n − r + 1)!r! r!(n − r + 1)!
n! n!
(ii ) C nr −1 = = = C nr .
( n − r )![n − ( n − r )]! ( n − r )! r!
n! n! n! n!
(iii ) C n0 = = =1= = = C nn
(0!)(n!) 1(n!) (n!)1 (n!)(0!)

250
 ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫!‪9‬‬ ‫!‪9‬‬ ‫) !‪4(9! ) + 6(9‬‬ ‫! ‪10‬‬
‫= ‪18. C 93 + C 94‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= C104‬‬
‫) !‪(3! )(6! ) ( 4! )(5‬‬ ‫) !‪( 4! )(6‬‬ ‫) !‪( 4! )(6‬‬
‫!‪6‬‬ ‫‪6 ⋅ 5 30‬‬ ‫!‪6‬‬ ‫‪6⋅5⋅ 4 ⋅3‬‬
‫= ‪19. C 62‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫=‬ ‫= ‪= 15 , C 64‬‬ ‫=‬ ‫‪= 15‬‬
‫‪(2!)(4!) 2! 2‬‬ ‫‪(4!)(2!) 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘــﻲ ﻋــﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺍﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌــﯽ ﻋــﺪﺩ ‪ n‬ﻟﭙــﺎﺭﻩ ﻟــﺮﻭ ﭼــﯥ‬
‫‪(a + b)n = Cn0 a n + Cn1a n−1b + Cn2 a n−2b2 + ... + Cnr an−r br + ... + Cnn bn‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﻮﺕ‪) .‬ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ(‬
‫ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﯼ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺩ ‪ n = 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪( a + b)1 = a + b = C10 a + C11b‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﻮﻭ ﭼﯥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺩ ‪ n = k‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫‪( a + b) k = C k0 a k + C k1 a k −1b + + C kr a k − r b r + + C kk b k‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯽ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻭﯤ ﭘﻪ )‪ ( a + b‬ﺿﺮﺑﻮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(a + b)k +1 = (a + b)(Ck0 a k + Ck1a k −1b + + Ckr a k −r br + + Ckk bk‬‬
‫‪= C k0 a k +1 + (C k0 + C k1 ) a k b +‬‬ ‫‪+ (C kr −1 + C kr )a k − r b r +‬‬ ‫‪+ (C kk −1 + C kk )ab k + C kk b k +1‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻫﻴ‪‬ﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪C kr −1 + C kr = C kr+1‬‬ ‫‪, C k0 = C k0+1 = C kk = C kk++11‬‬
‫ﭘﻪ ﺩﯤ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫‪( a + b) n = C k0+1 a k +1 + C k1+1 a k b + ... + C kr+1 a k +1− r b r + ... + C kk++11b k +1‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺩﯤ ﻗﻀﻴﻪ ﺩ ‪ n = k + 1‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﮐﯥ ﻳﯥ ‪ a = 1 = b‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﻟﺮﻭ ﭼﯥ‬
‫‪2 n = C n0 + C n1 + C n2 + ... + C nr + ... + C nn‬‬

‫‪251‬‬
 ‫⎞‪⎛n⎞ ⎛n⎞ ⎛n‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛n‬‬ ‫⎞‪⎛n‬‬
‫⎟ ⎜ ‪2 n = ⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟ + ⎜ ⎟ + ... + ⎜ ⎟ + ... +‬‬
‫⎠‪⎝ 0⎠ ⎝1⎠ ⎝ 2‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝r‬‬ ‫⎠‪⎝n‬‬
‫‪ 20‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪(a + b)5 = C50 a5 + C51a 4 b + C52 a3 b2 + C53a 2 b3 + C54 a b4 + C55b5‬‬
‫‪⇒ (a + b)5 = a 5 + 5 a 4 b + 10 a 3 b2 + 10 a 2 b3 + 5a b4 + b5‬‬
‫‪a = 1 = b ⇒ C50 + C51 + C52 + C53 + C54 + C55 = 1 + 5 + 10 + 10 + 5 + 1 = 25‬‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(3x +2y‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪= C40 (3x) +C41(3x) (2y) +C42 (3x) (2y) +C43(3x)(2y) +C44 (2y‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪= (3 x ) +‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪(3 x )3 (2 y ) + 5 ⋅ 4 (3 x )2 (2 y )2 + 5 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 3 (3 x )(2 y )3 + (2 y )4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1⋅ 2‬‬ ‫‪1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3‬‬
‫‪= 3 x + 5 ⋅ 3 x ⋅ 2 y + 10 ⋅ 3 x ⋅ 2 y + 10 ⋅ 3 x ⋅ 2 3 y 3 + 2 4 y 4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪= 3 4 x 4 + 5 ⋅ 3 3 ⋅ 2 x 3 y + 10 ⋅ 3 2 ⋅ 2 2 x 2 y 2 + 10 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 2 3 xy 3 + 2 4 y 4‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﻒ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺩ ‪ ( a + b) n‬ﺩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ ‪ n + 1‬ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ )ﻟﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ(ﺩ ‪ 2n‬ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻨ‪ ‬ﺗﻪ ﺩ ﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍ ﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩ ‪ a‬ﺍﻭ ‪ b‬ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺪ ﮐﯥ ﺩ ‪ n‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﭘﻪ ‪ - k‬ﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﻴﻌﺖ ﮐﯥ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ ‪. C nk −1 a n −( k −1) b k −1‬‬
‫‪ 22‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ ) ‪ ( x + y‬ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻡ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﺩﯤ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻡ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪15 ⋅14 ⋅13 ⋅12 ⋅11 ⋅10 9 6‬‬
‫= ‪C157 −1 x15− ( 7 −1) y 7 −1 = C156 x15−6 y 6‬‬ ‫‪x y = 5005 x 9 y 6‬‬
‫‪1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7‬‬

‫‪252‬‬
 ‫(‬
‫‪ x + x‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻨﯽ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪− 12‬‬
‫‪ 23‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺣﻞ‪ :‬ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻨ‪ ‬ﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪( ) (x ) = 101 ⋅⋅29⋅⋅38⋅⋅47⋅⋅56 x‬‬
‫‪C105 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪− 12‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪x‬‬
‫‪− 25‬‬
‫‪= 252 x‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬

‫ﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺩ ‪ ، C n0 = 1 = C nn‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺘﻮﻧﻮ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻧﻴﻮﻟﻮ ﺳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻮﻟﯽ ﺷﻮ ﻟﻪ ﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮑﺸــﺎﻑ ‪‬ﺨــﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳــﺘﻪ ﺩ ﻳــﻮ ﺑﻴﻨــﻮﻡ ﺿــﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﭘــﻪ ﺗــﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺳــﺮﻩ ﺩ‬
‫‪ n = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , ...‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﻳﻮ ﻋﺪﺩﯼ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ )ﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ( ﭘﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ـﻪ ﭘـﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﻱ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﻭ‬
‫‪C00‬‬
‫‪C10‬‬ ‫‪C11‬‬
‫‪C20‬‬ ‫‪C21‬‬ ‫‪C22‬‬
‫‪C30‬‬ ‫‪C31‬‬ ‫‪C32‬‬ ‫‪C33‬‬
‫‪C40‬‬ ‫‪C41‬‬ ‫‪C42‬‬ ‫‪C43‬‬ ‫‪C44‬‬
‫‪C50‬‬ ‫‪C51‬‬ ‫‪C52‬‬ ‫‪C53‬‬ ‫‪C54‬‬ ‫‪C55‬‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩ ‪ n = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 ,4 , 5‬ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﯼ ﻟﻪ‬

‫‪253‬‬
 ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩﻭﻧﻮ ﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﮐﯥ ‪ α‬ﻳﻮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﭘﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﯥ ﻭﻧﻴﻮﻝ ﺷﻲ ﻧﻮ ﺩﻏﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﭼﯧﺮﯤ ﭘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻏﻮﺭﻩ ﮐﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﺩ |‪ | | |a‬ﺷﺮﻃﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﻣﻮ‪‬ﯼ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﮐ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﺩﯼ ﺍﻭ ﻳﻮﻩ ﻋﺪﺩﯼ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﻭﻱ )ﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩ ﻫﻐﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻮﻧﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﯥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﻧﻪ ﻭﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﯽ ﺩﯼ( ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﺩ ‪Cαk‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﭘﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ‪‬ﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴ‪‬ﯼ‪.‬‬

‫)‪α (α − 1)(α − 2 )(α − 3) (α − k + 1‬‬

‫= ‪C αk‬‬
‫!‪k‬‬
‫ﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻮﻡ ﺩﻏﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﯥ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻭ‪‬ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ ﺧﻮ ﺩﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﻐﻪ ‪‬ﺎﯼ ﻧﻪ ﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫| | ﺗﺮ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ‬ ‫ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺩ |‪|a‬‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪254‬‬
 ‫) ‪(a + b‬‬ ‫‪(− 3)a‬‬ ‫) ‪(− 3)(− 4‬‬
‫‪= a −3‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪b +‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬ ‫‪−4‬‬
‫‪a −5 b 2‬‬
‫‪1⋅ 2‬‬
‫)‪(− 3)(− 4 )(− 5‬‬ ‫)‪(− 3)(− 4 )(− 5)(− 6‬‬
‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪a −6 b 3 +‬‬ ‫‪a −7 b 4 +‬‬
‫‪1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3‬‬ ‫‪1⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4‬‬
‫‪1 3b 6b 2 10b 3 15b 4‬‬
‫) ‪⇒ (a + b‬‬ ‫‪= 3− 4+ 5 − 6 + 7 +‬‬
‫‪−3‬‬

‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﯥ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﭘﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪1. 12 + 3 2 + 5 2 + ... + ( 2n − 1) 2 = n ( 4n 2 − 1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪2. 12 + 2 2 + 3 2 + ... + n 2 = n ( n + 1)( 2n + 1‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3. 13 + 2 3 + 33 + ... + n 3 = n 2 ( n + 1) 2‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪( n − 1).n ( n + 1‬‬
‫= ‪4. 1.2 + 2.3 + 3.4 + ... + ( n − 1).n‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﻭ ﺗﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫) ‪(3x + 2 y‬‬ ‫⎞ ‪⎛ 2 1‬‬ ‫‪⎛2‬‬ ‫⎞‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪2 5‬‬

‫⎟ ‪, 6. ⎜ x + y ⎟ , 7. ⎜ x −‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2‬‬ ‫‪⎝3‬‬ ‫⎠ ‪2x‬‬

‫‪ .8‬ﺩ ‪ ( x + y ) 13‬ﺍﻭﻡ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫⎞ ‪⎛2 x‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﭘﮑ‪‬ﯽ ﻭﯼ‪.‬‬ ‫‪x4‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﺩ ⎟ ‪ ⎜ +‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯽ‬

‫⎠ ‪⎝x 2‬‬
‫‪9‬‬

‫‪ y12‬ﻭﻟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫‪x‬‬ ‫⎞‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺩ ⎟ ‪ ⎜ y 3 −‬ﻫﻐﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ ﭼﯽ‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠‪3‬‬

‫‪255‬‬
 ‫‪8‬‬
‫⎛‬ ‫⎞‪2‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺩ ⎟ ‪ ⎜ x 2 − 4‬ﻟﻮﻣ‪‬ﻧﻲ ﭘﻴ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﮑﺊ ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺋﯽ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪x‬‬
‫ﺩﺍ ﻻﻧﺪﯤ ﺍﻓﺎﺩﯤ ﻫﺮﻩ ﻳﻮﯤ ﺗﻪ ﺗﺮ ﭘﻨ‪‬ﻢ ﺣﺪ ﭘﻮﺭﯼ ﺍﻧﮑﺸﺎﻑ ﻭﺭﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬
‫) ‪(1 − x‬‬ ‫)‪(1 + 0.5‬‬ ‫)‪(2 + 0.1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3 −3‬‬ ‫‪−1‬‬
‫‪12.‬‬ ‫‪, 13.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪, 14.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ .15‬ﺩ ⎟⎞ ‪ ⎛⎜ x 2 + 3‬ﺷﭙ‪‬ﻡ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﮐ‪‬ﺉ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬

‫⎝‬ ‫⎠ ‪2x‬‬
‫‪ .16‬ﻭ‪‬ﺊ ﭼﯥ ﺩ )‪ (a − b‬ﺩ ﺿﺮﻳﺒﻮﻧﻮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﯼ‪.‬‬
‫‪n‬‬

‫‪256‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺂﺧﺬ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﭘﻮﺳﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ .‬ﻡ ‪ ١٣٧٢‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺍﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ )ﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ١-٤‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ( ﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ ﺩ ﻋﻠﻤﯽ ﺧﭙﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﺎﭘﺨﺎﻧﻪ‬

‫ﺩﺭﻳﻢ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ٥٦٩-٤٨٦‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﭘﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻇﻤﯽ‪ ،‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺡ‪ ،١٣٧٠ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻫﻢ ‪‬ﻮﮎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺮﻧﯽ ﭼﺎﭖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ ٣٢١-٣٠٦‬ﺍﻭ ‪ ٥١٩-٤٣٣‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪،١٠٨-١١‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﺧﯽ ﺡ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﯥ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺱ‬

‫‪ ٤٢٥-٣٩٧‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻮﯼ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﯥ ﭼﺎﭖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ‪،١٣٨٠‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺡ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﻓﺰﻳﮏ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻗﻘﻨﻮﺱ ﺧﭙﺮﻭﻧﯥ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‪ (١٥-١٠) ،١٣٨٣ ،‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻓﺮﺯﺍﻥ ﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺒﺎﺋﯽ ﻡ‪ .‬ﺕ‪ .‬ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﺩ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺭﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻠﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﯤ ﻻﺭ‪‬ﻮﻧﻪ‪،‬‬

‫‪‬ﻠﺸﻦ ﭼﺎﭖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ ‪ (١٤٠-١٠٧) .١٣٨٠‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻼ ﻓﺮﺟﺰﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺱ‪ ١٣٧٧ ،‬ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺗﻮ ﻓﺮﻫﻨ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﺩ ﺧﭙﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺰ )‪ (٢٩٠ -٢٢٥‬ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪257‬‬
‫ ﺩ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﯽ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻮ ﻟﭙﺎﺭﻩ ﺩ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺗﻮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ) ﺭﻳﺎﺿﯽ‬،١٣٧٨ ‫ ﮎ‬،‫ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻓﺮ‬-7

،‫ ﺩ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﯽ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻮﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﯥ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺳﻤﺖ( ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺸﺮ‬،(‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ‬

.‫( ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‬٢٠٧-١٥٩) ،‫ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ ﺩ‬،‫ﺨﻪ ﺩ ﻣﺨﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ ﺩ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ‬،١٣٨١ . ،‫ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺯﺍﻡ‬.‫ ﻡ‬،‫ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﮐﺎﺭ‬-8

.‫( ﻣﺨﻮﻧﻪ‬٢٤٧-٢٢٧) ‫ ﺗﻬﺮﺍﻥ‬،‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﯽ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻮ ﺩ ﺧﭙﺮﻭﻧﻮ ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ‬

9- Ayres, F. J.R. 1964, Calculus, Schoum Publishing Co.

New York, pp. 129 -158, 162 – 180. 283 -330.
10- Ayres, F. J.R. 1962, First Year College
Mathematics, Schoum Publishing Co., New York, pp.
417 – 427.
11- Barnett , R.A. , Ziegler M.R. and Byleen K.E. 1999
,College Algebra , Sixth Edition , Adivision of The
McGraw-Hill Companies , boston ,USA , pp. 488-540
12- Bermant, A. I. and Aramanovich I.G. 1979,
Mathematical Analysis, Mir Publishing, Moscow,, pp.
258 – 343 , 365 – 568 . .
13- Cohen, D. 1990, Precalculus, California, Los
Angeles, pp. 411 -449.
14- Demidovich, B.; 1981, Problems Mathematical
Analysis, Mir Pub. Moscow, pp. 180 – 318.

258
15- Demidovich, B.P. and. Maron I.A. 1981,
Computational Mathematics .Mir Publishers
.Moscow, pp.127 -135 , 229 -269.
16- Karl, J.S. 1998, Trigonometry For College Students,
Brook/Col Publishing Co .Washington. p. 125.
17- Kindle, H.J. 1964, Analytic Geometry, Schoum
Publishing Co., New York, pp. 258 – 272, 278, 279,
283 – 330... .
18- . Maqsood, A. Mathemahics7, New Star Book Depot,
Lahor 2004,p p.21 – 65 .
19- Maqsood, A. Mathemahics8, New Star Book Depot,
Lahor, 2004, p p.1 – 87.
20- . Mira J.A. Arithmetic Clear and Simple, Booksellers,
New York, 1968, pp.1-158.
21- .Palmer C.I. and Bibb
S.F.PracticalMathematics,MeGraw – Hill , Book
Company ,New York 1946,pp.1- 161
22- Piskunov , S.M. 1981, Differential and Integral
Calculus, 1 vols. Mir Pub. Moscow .pp. 158 – 211,
216 – 247, 253 – 319.

259
23- Robert, B. 1997, Intermediate Algebra for College
Student Second Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle
River, New Jersey.p. 819, 843, 858.
24- Spiegel , M.R. 1961, Statistics, Schaum, s Outline
Series, New York, .pp.45 -64.
25- Thomos ,G.B .and Finny ,R.L. 1996 , Calculus and
Analytic Geometry , Addison – Wessley ,New York ,
USA , PP.1001 - 1134 .
26- Stein E.I. Refresher Arithmetic , USA,Allyn and
Bacon
, INC, 1961, pp. 109 -200, 220,333.

260